Chevrolet - Chevy Trucks S - 10 - Owners Manual - 1993 - 1993

I The Pucks Youcan RependOn. The Pucks That Last I 1993 CHEVROLET S I0 PICK-UP OWNER'S MANUAL INTRODUCTION f993 Chevrolet S f 0 Pickup Owner's Manual Welcome Thismanualwaspre.pared to acquaintyouwiththeoperarlonand maintenance of your 1993 Chevrolet S-10 Pickup and to .provide imponant safetyinformation.ThereisalsoaChevroletTruckWarrantyandOwner AssistanceInformationbooklet. In somevehicles,therecanbeinformation manualsfromothermanufacturerslikebodybuildersorspecialequipment companies.We urge you to reviewallthesepublicationscarefully.Thiswill help you enjoy safe and trouble-free operation of your vehicle. When it comes to service,keep in mind that yourChevroletdealerknows is interested in yourcompletesatisfaction. Your dealer yourvehiclebestand invites you to return for all ofyourserviceneeds both during and after the warrantyperiod. it to your Remember, if youhaveaconcernandneedhelphandling satisfaction, see the procedure in' the Chevrolet Truck Warranty and Owner AssistanceInformationbooklet. Thanks for choosing a Chevrolet product. We value you as a member of the Chevroletfamily. Wewant to assureyouofour continuing interest in your pleasureandsatisfactionwithyourvehicle. ChevroletMotorDivision GeneralMotorsCorporation 30007 Van DykeAve. Warren,Michigan 0 Copyright 7992 General Motors Corporation, Chevrolet Motor Division. All Rights Reserved Second Edition Printed in U.S.A. Important Notes to OwnersandDrivers . . . .AboutThisManual:Pleasekeepthismanual in yourvehicle, so it If you sell the willbethere if youeverneed it whenyou’reontheroad. vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual in it so the newownercanuseit. Thismanualincludesthelatestinformationatthetimeitwasprinted. We reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without sold in Canada,substitutethename“General furthernotice.Forvehiclesfirst MotorsofCanadaLimited’’forChevroletMotorDivisionwhenever it appears in thismanual. . . . .ForCanadianOwnersWhoPreferaFrenchLanguageManual: Auxproprietairescanadiens:Vouspouvezvousprocurerunexemplairede DGN Marketing ceguideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaireouau Services Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga,OntarioL5T 1C7. 1 . , .i .. - _I. . .- _. +. , HEVROI GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, Chevrolet, the Chevrolet Emblem, and S-10 are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation. ii ~ Model Reference This manual covers these models: iii TABLE OF CONT€NTS How to Use this Manual Comfort Confmls & Audio Sysfems -. , . TO212 iv Section I ‘ I This section tells you how to use your manual and includes safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols. I This section tells you how to use your seats and safety 1 belts properly. This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle. This sectiontells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort controls and how to operate your audio system, ’ Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and how to drive under different conditions. This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating. ’ ~ Here the manual tells youhow to keepyour vehicle running properly and looking good. 7 ~~~~~ ~ ~ 1 I Illrcl. This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and what fluids and lubricants to use. ~ This sectiontells you how to contact your GM division for assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives you information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”, Here’san alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this manual.Youcan line it toquicklyfind something youwant to read. TO210 V How To Use This Manual Manypeoplereadtheirowner’smanualfrombeginning to endwhen theyfirst receivetheirnewvehicle.Thiswillhelpyoulearnaboutthefeaturesand controlsforyourvehicle. In thismanual,you’ll find thatpicturesandwords work together to explain things quickly. is the Index in back of the INDEX:Agoodplace to look forwhatyouneed manual.It’sanalphabeticallist of allthat’sinthemanual,andthepage numberwhere you’ll find it. of its SECTIONS 1-6: Eachsection of thismanualbeginswithabrieflist contents, so youcan often find ataglance if asectioncontainsthe informationyouwant. SECTION 7: Thissection of themanualcoversthemaintenancerequiredfor your vehicle. SECTION 8: CUSTOMER A -3lSTANCE: This section includes important informationaboutReportingSafetyDefectsandgivesyoudetailsaboutthe “RoadsideAssistance”program. You willalso find customersatisfactionphone numbers(includingcustomersatisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeech impaired)aswellasthe mediatiodarbitration procedure. We’ve alsoincluded orderinginformationfor service publications in thissection. 0-1 How To Use This Manual Safety Warnings and Symbols You willfindanumber of safetycautions in this book.Weuseyellow and could hurtyou if youwere to theword CAUTION totellyouaboutthingsthat ignore the warning. . -. I In theyellowcautionarea, we tellyou what thehazardis.Then we tell you what to do to helpavoid orreducethehazard.Pleasereadthesecautions.If youdon’t,youorotherscouldbehurt. You willalsofindaredcirclewithaslashthroughit in thisbook.Thissafetv do this”, or“Don’tletthishappen.” symbolmeans“Don’t’’,“Don’t .. AM002002 i‘ 0-2 Vehicle Damage Warnings Also, in this book you willfindthesebluenotices: I NOTICE In thebluenoticearea, we tell you aboutsomethingthatcandamageyour vehicle.Manytimes, this damagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and itcouldbecostly.But the noticewill tell youwhatto do tohelpavoidthe damage. Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE warningsindifferentcolorsorindifferentwords. In thismanual,we’veused thefamiliarwordsandcolorsthatGeneralMotorshasusedforyears. You’llalsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors. and the wordsCAUTIONorNOTICE. 0-3 How To Use This Manual Vehicle Symbols, These are some of the symbols youwill findon your vehicle.For example, these symbols are used on an original battery: A ~ Protect Eyes by Shielding Caution Possible Injury L Caustic Battery Acid Could Cause Burns ~~ park or Flame Could Explode Battery I Avoid Sparks or Flames These symbols are important for you and your passengers wheneveryour vehicle is driven: J 1 fasten Safety Door Belts I I Lock/Unlock PO335 0-4 Thesesymbolshaveto do with your lights. r q- - ‘ I Master Lighting Switch Parking Lights I I Turn Signal Direction Hazard Warning Flasher u Daytime Running Lights Thesesymbolsareonsome Windshield Washer A Headlight High Beam f o g Lights of yourcontrols: 2 Windshield Wiper Windshield Defroster Hood Release 0 Ventilating Fan Off 0-5 PO342 How To Use This Manual Thesesymbolsareusedonwarningandindicatorlights. 1 I Engine Coolant Temperature Battery Charging System Fuel BRAKE SHIFT Brake (Standard Cluster) Shift Light Engine Oil Pressure BRAKE Brake (Digital Cluster) Here are someothersymbols Lighter you maysee. Fuse PO343 0-6 . Seats & Safety Belts Section Hereyou’ll find informationabouttheseatsinyourvehicleandhowtouse your safety belts properly . You can also learn about some things you should not do with safety belts . Seats and Seat Controls ...................................................................................... 1-2 Head Restraints .................................................................................................1-7 Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone .................................................................... 1-7 1-9 Why Safety Belts Work ..................................................................................... QuestionsManyPeopleAskAboutSafetyBelts ......................................... 1-12 How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-14 Adults ................................................................................................................... 1-14 Driver Position....................................... ........I.................................................. 1-14 Lap-Shoulder Belt......................................................................................... 1-15 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................................................................ 1-20 Right Front Passenger Position ...................................................................... 1-21 Center Passenger Position ............................................................................. 1-21 Lap Belt ........................................................................................................1-22 f ;ition ....................................................................... RearSeatPassenger 1-23 Children ........... .................................................................................................... 1-24 Smaller Children and Babies ..........................................................................1-24 1-26 Child Restraints ............................................................................................ Larger Children ................................................................................................1-32 Safety Belt Extender ...........................................................................................1-35 Checking Your Restraint Systems......................................................................1-35 Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ..............................................................1-35 ~I e 1-1 Seats & Safety Belts Seats and Seat Controls Thissectiontellsyouabouttheseats-how anddown. to adjustthem,andfoldthemup Front Seats You canlosecontrol of thevehicle if youtrytoadjustamanual driver’sseatwhilethevehicleismoving.Thesuddenmovement a pedalwhenyou couldstartleandconfuseyou,ormakeyoupush don’twant to. Adjustthedriver’sseatonlywhenthevehicleisnot mov I. 1 Manual Front‘ Seat - KO302 Movetheleverunderthefront of theseattowardyourdoortounlock Slidetheseat to whereyouwantit.Thenreleasetheleverandtry theseatwithyourbody,tomakesuretheseatislockedintoplace. it. to move Reclining Front Seatbacks (Bucket Seats Split-Bench) or 60140 To adjusttheseatback, lift the lever on theouterside thelever to lock the se’atbackwhereyouwantit.Pull theseat will gotoanuprightposition. Butdon’thaveaseatbackreclined of theseat.Release up ontheleverand if yourvehicle is moving. I Sitting in areclinedpositionwhenyourvehicleis in motioncan I: dangerous.Even if youbuckleup,yoursafetybeltscan’t do their JL whenyou’rereclinedlikethis Theshoulderbeltcan’t do its jobbecause it won’tbeagainstyour 2” into body. Instead, it willbe in front of ;--u. In acrashyoucoul it, receivingneckorotherinjuries. The lap beltcan’t do itsjob,either. In acrashthebeltcould overyourabdomen.Thebeltforceswouldbethere,notatyour pelvicbones.This could causeseriousinternalinjuries. For properprotectionwhenthevehicleisinmotion,havethe seatbackupright.Then,sitwellback in theseatandwearyour safetvbelt DroDerlv. 1-3 go - Seats & Safety Belts AN1 01021 Manual Lumbar Adjustment I PO326 If youhavethisfeature,therewillbeaknobwithsixsettingsontheoutside of thedriverandpassengerbucketseats. Turntheknobcounter-clockwise decrease lumbar support. to increaselumbarsupportandclockwise Fronf Seafback Latches Thefrontseatbackfoldsforwardtoletpeoplegetintothebackseatorreach thestorageareabehindtheseat. Yourseatbackwillmovebackand forth to asuddenstop.Then it willlock in place. freely,unlessyoucome 1-4 to KO303 There’sonetime the seatbackmaynotfoldwithoutsomehelpfromyou. That’s if yourvehicle is parkedgoingdownafairlysteephill. To fold afrontseatbackforward,pushtheseatbacktowardtherearasyou lift thislatch.Thentheseatbackwillfoldforward.Thelatchmust be downfor the seat to workproperly. Easy Entry Seat (Extended Cab) KO304 The right front bucket or split-bench seat of your vehicle makes inandout of the rear vehicle area. 1-5 it easy to get Seats & Safety Belts Whenyou tilttherightfrontseatbackfullyforward,thewholeseatwill slide forward. Aftersomeonegetsintotherearseatarea,movetherightfront seatback to itsoriginalposition.Thenmovetheseatrearwarduntil locks. it 1 CAUTION I , an Ifeasyentryrightfrontseatisn'tlocked, it canmove. In a suddenstoporcrash,thepersonsittingtherecouldbeinjured.After you'veusedit,besure to pushrearwardonan easyentryseat to besureitislocked. To getout,again tilt theseatbackfullyforward. Jump Seat (Extended Cab Models) I KO808 Your extendedcabpickupmayhavejumpseats in the reararea. To fold the jumpseatdown,pulldownonthehandleonthebottomoftheseatuntilthe seat is in place. To storetheseat,push it upuntil it isflushwiththetrim panels.Don'tletthesafetybeltsbedamagedbythehingesorthelatches. 1-6 Head Restraints h b AN1 Oru I i Slidetheheadrestraint upordown so thatthetop of therestraint is closest to thetop of yourears.Thispositionreducesthechance of aneckinjury in a crash. Safety Belts: They9reFor Everyone Thispart of themanualtellsyouhow to usesafetybeltsproperly.Italsotells do withsafetybelts. yousomethingsyoushouldnot CAUTION A Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twearasafetybeltproperly. If youare in acrashandyou’renotwearingasafetybelt,yourinjuries orbe canbe much worse.Youcan hitthingsinsidethevehicle ejectedfromit. You canbeseriouslyinjured or killed. In thesame if youarebuckledup.Alwaysfastenyour crash,youmightnotbe safetybeltandcheckthatyourpassenaers’beltsarefastened properly,too. 1-7 Seats & Safety Belts AM110001 Thisfigurelights upwhenyou turnthe keyto RUN or START whenyour safetybeltisn’tbuckled,andyou’llhearachime,too.It’sthereminder to to wear buckleup.In many statesandCanadianprovinces,thelawsays safetybelts.Here’swhy: They work. You neverknow if you’llbe in acrash. If you do haveacrash,youdon’t know if it willbe a badone. if you’renot Afewcrashesareverymild. In them,youwon’tgethurteven so serious,likebeinghit by atrain, buckledup.Andsomecrashescanbe thatevenbuckledupapersonwouldn’tsurvive.Butmostcrashesare in between. In manyofthem,peoplewhobuckleupcansurviveandsometimes walkaway.Without belts they could be badly hurt orkilled. 1-8 I After 25 years of safety beltsin vehicles,thefacts buckling up does matter . . . a lot! are clear. In most crashes AN110023 Why Safety Belts Work AM115001 Whenyourideinoronanything,yougoasfastasitgoes.Forexample, thebike is going 10 mph (16 km/h), so isthechild.Whenthebikehitsthe block,itstops.Butthe child keepsgoing! 1-9 AM115002 if Seats 4ik Safety Belts AM11 5003 AM115004 Take thesimplest“vehicle”.Supposeit’sjustaseatonwheels.Putsomeone on it. .. A AM115005 Get it uptospeed.Thenstopthe“vehicle”.Theriderdoesn’tstop. 1-1 0 . AM115006 Thepersonkeepsgoinguntilstoppedbysomething.In ... couldbethewindshield 1-11 a realvehicle,it Seats & Safety Belts AM115008 or the safety belts! Withsafetybelts,youslowdownasthevehicledoes. Yougetmoretime stop. You stop over more distance, and your strongest bones take the forces. That‘swhysafetybeltsmakesuchgoodsense. to Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety Belts-and the Answers Q: Won’t I betrappedinthevehicleafteranaccident if I’m wearinga safety belt? A: Youcouldbe-whetheryou’rewearing asafetybeltornot.Butyoucan if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance easilyunbuckleasafetybelt,even beingconsciousduringandafteranaccident, so youcanunbuckleandget if youarebelted. out,ismuchgreater Q: Why don’ttheyjustput safetybelts? of in air bags so people won’t have to wear A: “Air bags,”orSupplementalInflatableRestraintsystems,are in some vehicles today and will be in moreofthem in thefuture.Buttheyare supplemental systems only - so theyworkwithsafetybelts,notinsteadof them.Every“airbag”systemeverofferedforsalehasrequiredtheuse of safetybelts.Evenifyou’re in avehiclethathas“airbags,’’you still have to in frontal collisions, buckle up to get the most protection. That’s true not only but especially in side and other collisions. 1-1 2 Q: IfI’ma good driver,and I neverdrivefarfromhome,why wearsafetybelts? should I A: Youmayheanexcellentdriver,butifyou’re in anaccident - evenone - youandyourpassengerscanbehurt.Beingagood thatisn’tyourfault driverdoesn’tprotectyoufromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,suchasbad drivers. 25 miles (40 km)ofhome.And thegreatest Mostaccidentsoccurwithin number of seriousinjuriesanddeathsoccuratspeeds of lessthan 40 mph (65 km/h). Safetybeltsareforeveryone. Safety Belt Reminder Light . .. ..- KO286 Whenthekeyisturned to RUN or START, alight will comeonforabout eightseconds to remindpeople to fastentheirsafetybelts.Unlessthedriver’s also sound. safetybelt is buckled,achimewill 1-1 3 Seats & Safety Belts How To Wear Safety Belts Properly Adults Thispart is onlyforpeople L, of adultsize. Therearespecialthings to knowaboutsafetybeltsandchildren.And there are different rules for babies and smaller children. If a child will beridinginyourvehicle,seethepartafterthisone,called “Children”.Followtheserulesforeveryone’sprotection. First,you’llwant to knowwhichrestraintsystemsyourvehiclehas.We’llstart with the driver position. Driver Position Thispartdescribesthedriver’srestraintsystem. KO824 1-14 Lap-Shoulder Belt AN1 201 65 Thedriverhasalap-shoulderbelt.Here’showtowear it properly. 1. Closeandlockthedoor. 2. Adjust theseat(tosee up straight. how, see“Seats” in theIndex) so youcansit AM120077 3. Pickup the latchplateand pull thebeltacrossyou.Don’tlet it get twisted. 4. Pushthelatchplateintothebuckleuntil it clicks. 1-1 5 I Seats & Safety Belts If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend section. Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupward wouldbeabletounbuckle it quickly if youeverhad of this oroutward so you to. AM120007 Thelappart of thebeltshouldbelowandsnugonthehips,justtouching thethighs.Inacrash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvicbones.And If you slid under it, thebelt you’dbelesslikely to slideunderthelapbelt. wouldapplyforceatyourabdomen.Thiscouldcauseseriousoreven fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The safety belt locks if there’sasudden stop or a crash. . ,.. 1-1 6 Q: mg with is? ,. AM120015 A: Theshoulderbeltistooloose.Itwon’tgivenearlyasmuchprotectionthis way. You canbeseriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbelt is tooloose. In a crashyouwouldmoveforwardtoomuch, which couldincreaseinjury. fit against your body. should shoulder The belt Q: What’swrongwiththis? - I AM120016 A: The belt is buckled in the wrong, place. 1-1 7 Seats & Safety Belts A I I A I J You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in thewrong go upoveryourabdomen. place likethis. In acrash,thebeltwould Thebeltforceswouldbethere,not at thepelvicbones.This could cause serious internal injuries. Alwaysbuckleyourbeltinto the buckle nearest you. Q: What’swrongwiththis? I AM125001 A: Theshoulderbeltiswornunderthearm. shoulderat all times. It shouldbewornoverthe 1 CAUTION 3 gy,; Youcan beseriouslyinjured if youweartheshoulderbeltunderyour arm. In acrash,yourbody would movetoofarforward,whichwould increasethechance of headandneckinjury. Also, thebeltwould applytoomuchforce to theribs,whicharen’tasstrong as shoulder bones.You couldalsoseverelyinjureinternalorganslikeyourliver or spleen. 1-1 8 Q: What'swrongwiththis? AM125002 CAUTION I I You canbeseriouslyinjuredby a twistedbelt. In acrash,you h wouldn'thavethefullwidthofthebelt to spreadimpactforces. If a belt is twisted, make it .straight so it canworkproperly,oraskyour dealer to it.fix I To unlatchthebelt,justpushthebuttononthebuckle.Thebeltshouldgo backoutoftheway. - AM1 20060 1-1 9 Seafs & Safefy Belts Beforeyouclosethedoor,besurethebeltisoutoftheway. thedooron it, youcandamageboththebeltandyourvehicle. If youslam Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ' t Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Like all occupants, if theydon'twearsafetybelts. A theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured pregnantwomanshouldwearalap-shoulderbeltandthelapportionshould bewornaslowaspossiblethroughoutthepregnancy. asafety Thebest way toprotectthefetus is toprotectthemother.When beltiswornproperly,it'smorelikelythatthefetuswon'tbehurtin a crash. Forpregnantwomen,asforanyone,thekeytomakingsafetybeltseffective is wearingthemproperly. KO833 The right front passenger's safety belt works the same way safetybelt.See"DriverPosition,"earlier in thispart. as thedriver's Whenthelapportion of thebeltis puled out all the way, itwilllock. does,let it gobackallthewayandstartagain. CenterPassengerPosition(BenchSeat) If it a KO891 If yourvehiclehasabenchseat,someonecansitinthecenterposition. Seats & Safety Belts Lap Belt AM145014Rl AM Whenyousitin a centerseatingposition,youhave a lapsafetybelt,which pull italong hasnoretractor. To makethebeltlonger,tiltthelatchplateand thebelt. To makethebeltshorter,pull Buckle, position and release lap-shoulder b h . its freeendasshownuntilthe it thesamewayasthe lappart of a If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender’’attheend section. Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupwardoroutward wouldbeabletounbuckle it quickly if youeverhadto. 1-22 I belt issnug. of this so you ... . Rear'S a t Passengers:(Extended Cab Jump Seats) KO841 Theseare reserve seatingpositionsequ'ippedwithlapbelts only. It's very importantforrearseatpassengars to buckle up! Alccident statistics show that in crashesthanthose unbeltedpeople in therearseatarehurtmoreoften who are we,aring safetybelts. Rearpassengerswhoaren'tsafelybeltedcanbethrownoutofthevehicle acrash.Andtheycanstrikeothers in thevehicle whoarewearingsafety belts. in 3 AM147141 Eachjumpseathasa lap beltwithnoretractor. pull thebelt. thelatchplatealittleand 1-23 AN147 To make thebeltlonger, tilt Seats & Safety Belts To makeitshorter,pullthebeltasshownuntil it is snug.Buckle,position andreleaseitthesamewayasthelappart of thedriver’ssafetybelt(see or “DriverPosition”intheIndex.)Makesurethebucklefacesupward outward so youwouldbeabletounbuckleitquickly if youever had to. Don’tusechildrestraintsontheseseats.Theywon’tworkproperly. Childmn AM150004Rl Everyone in avehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsand smallerthanadultsize.Infact,thelawineverystateandCanadianprovince sayschildrenup to someagemustberestrainedwhileinavehicle. all children Smaller Children and Babies A Smallerchildrenandbabiesshouldalwaysberestrainedinachild or infantrestraint.Theinstructionsfortherestraintwillsaywhether it is for your child. A veryyoungchild’shipbones therighttypeandsize it are so smallthataregularbeltmightnotstaylowonthehips,as should.Instead,thebeltwilllikelybeoverthechild’sabdomen. In a crashthebeltwouldapplyforcerightonthechild’sabdomen,which couldcauseserious or fatalinjuries. So, besurethatanychildsmall or infant enoughforoneisalwaysproperlyrestrainedinachild restraint. 1-24 i AM150035 A Neverholdababy in yourarmswhileriding in avehicle. A baby doesn’tweighmuch-untilacrash.Duringacrashababywill For example, in acrashatonly become so heavyyoucan’tholdit. 25 mph (40 kmlh), a 12-pound (5.5 kg)babywillsuddenlybecomea 240-pound (110 kg) force on yourarms.Thebabywouldbealmost impossible to hold. Securethebaby in aninfantrestraint. 1-25 Child Restraints Besure to follow the instructions for the restraint. Youmay findthese instructions on therestraintitself or in abooklet,orboth.Theserestraints to besecured usethebeltsystem in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohas withintherestraint to helpreducethechance ofpersonalinjury.The or childrestraintwillshowyouhow to instructions that come with the infant do that. Thechildrestraintmustbesecuredproperlyinthecenter(except60/40 If youhavea60/40split-bench benchseat)orrightfrontpassengerseat. seat,youmustusetherightfrontpassengerseat. I CAUTION A Anunsecuredchildrestraintcanmovearoundinacollision or suddenstopandinjurepeople in thevehicle.Besure to properly secureanychildrestraint in your vehicle-even whennochildis in it. ~~ Top Strap AN155001 If yourchildrestrainthasa top strap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to GM dealer to put it in for you. If haveananchorinstalled,youcanaskyour youwant to install an anchor yourself, your dealer can tell you how to do it. 1-26 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position (Bench Seat-Except 60140 Split-Bench Seat) KO891 Don’tuse childrestraints in thecenterposition of a 60/40 split-benchseat. Whenyousecure a childrestraint in acenterseatingposition,you’llbeusing if the child restraint has thelapbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap one. 1. Makethebeltaslongaspossiblebytiltingthelatchplateandpulling it alongthebelt. AN163060 1-27 Seats & Safety Belts 2. Puttherestraintontheseat. restraint. 3. Securethechild Follow theinstructionsforthechild c in thechildrestraint as theinstructionssay. 4. Run thevehicle’ssafetybeltthrough or aroundtherestraint.The restraintinstructionswillshowyou how. child AM163061 5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward, so you’llbeabletounbuckle it quickly if youeverneedto. 6. To tightenthebelt,pullitsfreeendwhileyoupush restraint. downonthe child to besure it is secure.Ifthechildrestraintisn’tsecure,turnthelatchplateoverand if itissecure. If itisn’t,securetherestraintin buckleitagain.Thensee a different place in the vehicle and contact the child restraint maker for their advice. 7. Pushand pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirections To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafe&belt. ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger, It will be I . .. . 1-28 . . .’ . . .. . . y&&E:3‘&,&&?&*- Jump Seats (Extended Cab) Dlon’tusechildrestraintsinthesepositions.Therestraintswon’twork properly. d 60/40 Split-Bench Seat Don’t use a child restraint in this position. The restraint won’t work properly. ..a*-- ,A,, f l j Seats & Safety Belts Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position KO833 You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. if the child restrainthasone. Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap 1. Puttherestraintontheseat.Followtheinstructionsforthechild restraint. 2. Securethe child in the child restraintastheinstructions say. 3. Pulloutthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround will showyouhow.See thechildrestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructions if the shoulder belt would go in front of the child’s face or neck. If so, put it behindthechildrestraint. AN165021 1-30 ! 4. Bucklethebelt.Makesure the- release button facesupwardoroutward, so you'll be able to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneed to. 5. Pullthe rest of thelap belt allthe way out of theretractor to setthe lock. AN165148 6. To tightenthebelt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhile pushdownonthechildrestraint. AN1 65027 you AN165146 7. Pushandpullthe child restraint in differentdirectionsto be sure it is secure. 1-31 Seats & Safety Belts If you'reusingabucketseat,adjusttheseatforwarduntilthelapportion thesafetybeltholdstherestraintfirmly.But,don'tmove it anymorethan needed to tightenthelapbelt. of To removethechildrestraint,unbucklethevehicle'ssafetybeltandlet it go backallthe way. Thesafetybelt will movefreelyagainandbereadytowork foranadultorlargerchildpassenger. . ..-. .. :.' i,. r: !-1 .. i. Larger Children . . .. I/ AN170071 Childrenwhohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle'ssafety belts. If youhavethechoice,achildshouldsitnexttoawindowsothechild canwearalap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraintashoulderbelt canprovide. Childrenwhoaren'tbuckledupcanbethrownoutinacrash. 132 PO355 Childrenwhoaren’tbuckledcanstrikeotherpeople who are. I I AM170052 A Never do this. Here two children are wearing the same belt. The belt can’t properly spreadtheimpactforces. In a crash,the two childrencanbe crushedtogetherandseriouslyinjured. A beltmustbeusedbyonly onepersonat a time. 1-33 f Seats & Safety Belts Q: Whatifa child is wearingalap-shoulderbelt,butthechildis smallthattheshoulderbelt is veryclosetothechild’sfaceorneck? so A: Movethechildtowardthecenter ofthe vehicle,butbesurethatthe shoulderbeltstill is onthechild’sshoulder, so that in acrashthechild’s If thechildis so small upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide. thattheshoulderbelt still isveryclosetothechild’sfaceorneck,youmight if yourvehiclehasone. want to placethechildinaseatthathasalapbelt, I ’ - . - AM170051 A Never do this. Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap-shoulder belt, but the If thechildwearsthebelt shoulderpartisbehindthechild. way, inacrashthechildmightslideunderthebelt.Thebelt’sforce wouldthenbeappliedrightonthechild’sabdomen.Thatcould causeseriousorfatalinjuries. Whereverthechildsits,thelapportionofthebeltshouldbewornlowand snug on the hips, just touching the child’s thighs. This applies belt force thechild’spelvicbonesin a crash. 1-34 in this to Safety Belt Extender If thevehicle’ssafetybeltwillfastenaroundyou,youshoulduseit. Butif a safetybeltisn’tlongenoughtofasten,yourdealerwillorderyouan extender.It’sfree.Whenyougoin to orderit,taketheheaviestcoatyouwill wear, so theextenderwillbelongenoughforyou.Theextenderwillbejust foryou,andjustfortheseat in your vehicle that you choose. Don’t let someoneelseuseit,anduseitonlyfortheseat it ismadetofit. To wearit, justattachittotheregularsafetybelt. Checking Your Restraint Systems Nowandthen,makesureallyourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors, anchoragesandremindersystemsareworkingproperly.Lookforanyloose partsordamage. If youseeanythingthatmightkeeparestraintsystemfrom doingitsjob,haveitrepaired. Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash If you’vehad a crash, do youneednewbelts? Afteraveryminorcollision,nothingmaybenecessary.Butifthebeltswere stretched,astheywould be ifwornduring a moreseverecrash,thenyou neednewbelts. If youeverseealabelonarightfrontsafetybeltthatsaystoreplacethe to helpprotectyou belt,besure to do so. Thenitwillbethere accident. You wouldseethislabelonthebeltnearthedooropening. in an AM177001 1-35 Seats & Safety Belts If belts arecut ordamaged,replacethem. Collisiondamagealsomaymean youwill havetohavesafetybeltparts,liketheretractor,replacedor if thebeltwasn'tbeingusedatthetime anchoragelocationsrepaired-even of the collision. Q: What'swrongwiththis? I AP125004 I CAUTION Tornor frayedbelts maynotprotectyou in acrash.Theycanrip apartunderimpactforces. If a belt is torn orfrayed,getanewone right away. Before replacing any safety belt, see your dealer for the correct part number. You'llneedthemodelyearandmodelnumberforyourvehicle.Themodel year is onyour title andregistration.Andyoucanfindthemodelnumberon the certificationltire label ofyourvehicle. . :i . . . 1 I ' 1-36 8 . : _.... A F K2447 Themodelnumberonthereplacementbeltmustbelistedonthesafetybelt youwant to replace. 1-37 Features & Controls Hereyoucanlearnaboutthemanystandardandoptionalfeatures on your vehicle,andinformationonstarting,shifting,andbraking.Alsoexplainedare theinstrumentpaneland the warningsystemsthat tell you if everything is workingproperly-andwhat to do if youhaveaproblem. For explanation of vehicle symbols, referto“Vehicle Section 0. Symbols” in Keys ......................,.........................,...........~..........................................,...........,. 2-3 ............................................~.......................... 2-5 .... .........2-5 Side Doors .............I............r................................................................ .2-6 Door Locks.......................................................................................................... Theft ....................................................................................................................... 2-8 Your Doors and How They Work . , New Vehicle Break-In ....................................................................................,......2-9 Ignition Switch ....................................................................................................... 2-9 Starting Your Engine ........................................................................................... 2-11 ..................................................... ....2-14 2-16 Automatic Transmission ...................................................................................... Five-Speed Manual Transmission...................................................................... 2-1 9 Locking Rear Axle ......1........................................................................................ 2-21 Parking Brake ...................................................................................................... 2-21 Driving Through Deep Standing Water Parking Over Things That Burn ......................................................................... 2-25 2-1 Features & Controls ................................................................................................... 2-26 hunnlng Your Engine While You’re Parked .................................................. 2-26 2-27 Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................ Manual Transfer Case ..................................................................................... 2-28 Electronic Transfer Case................................................................................. 2-29 Windows ............................................................................................................... 2-31 Tailgate ................................................................................................................. 2-33 Horn...................................................................................................................... 2-33 2-34 Tilt Wheel ............................................................................................................. 2-35 Turn Signal/MuItifunction Lever .......................................................................... Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator .......................................................2-36 Headlight High-Low Beam .............................................................................. 2-38 Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 2-38 Windshield Washer .......................................................................................... 2-40 Cruise Control.................................................................................................. 2-41 2-46 Lights.................................................................................................................... Mirrors .................................................................................................................. 2-50 2.53 Accessory Power Outlet ..................................................................................... Cigarette LighteVAshtrays...................................................................................2-54 2.55 Storage Compartments ....................................................................................... Enain laust Instrument Cluster........................................................................................... .2-62 I.rr ..........................................................2-65 2-75 Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................ Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators 2-2 1 C A I ITlnN ~I Leavingyoungchildren in avehiclewiththeignition key is dangerous formanyreasons. A child or others could be badly injured oreven killed. They could operatepowerwindowsorothercontrolsorevenmake thevehicle move.Don’t leave the keys in avehiclewithyoung children. The ig,nilion keys are for the ignition Only. 2-3 Features A& Contmls - K5316 Thedoorkeysareforthedoorsandallotherlocks. Whenanewvehicleisdelivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe keys,andgivesthemtothefirstowner. it thattellsyourdealeroraqualifiedlocksmithhow Eachplughasacodeon to makeextrakeys.Keeptheplugs in asafeplace. If youloseyourkeys, you’ll be able lo have new, onesmadeeasilyusingtheseplugs. l- 24- Your Doors And How They Work Side Doors To openthedoorfromtheoutside,liftthehandleandpull ..._ .. “*i I..L.: .. the dooropen. . x KO298 To open the doorfromtheinside, door open. pull thelevertowardyouandpushthe 2-5 ... f . I. : . Features & Controls Door Locks 1A Unlockeddoorscanbedangerous. ' Passengers-especially children-can easily open the doors and out.Whenadoor is locked,theinsidehandlewon'topenit. fall ~. -. I. Outsiderscaneasilyenterthroughanunlockeddoorwhenyouslow downorstopyour vehicle. , This maynotbe so obvious:You increasethechance of being if thedoorsaren'tlocked.Wear thrownoutofthevehicleinacrash off safety belts properly, lock your doors, and you will be far better whenever you drive your vehicle. ~ ~ _ _ _ _ Thereareseveralways to lockandunlockyourvehicle: KO204 From theoutside: Use yourdoor key. . .. .- . -. . .. .. , From the inside: To lockthedoor,slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor LOCK. 2-6 .. I to I KO207 To unlockthedoorfromtheinside:Slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor towardyou.You willseearedareaonthe lever. Power Door Locks If your vehicle has power door locks, push the power door lock switch on either front door toward the key symbol. This switch will lock all the doors at once. To unlockthedoors,pushtheswitchawayfromthekeysymbol. Leaving Your Vehicle If youareleavingthevehicle,takeyourkeys,openyourdoorandsetthe locksfrom the inside.Thengetoutandclosethedoor. 2-7 Theft Vehicletheft is a big business,especially in somecities.Althoughyour vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features, weknow that nothing we puton it canmake it impossible to steal.However,therearewaysyoucan help. Key intheIgnition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside, do it. when^ it’s an easy target for joy riders or professional thieves-so don’t you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door, you’ll hear a tone reminding you to removeyourkeyfromtheignitionandtake it with you.Always do this. Your steeringwheelwillbelocked,and so willyourignition. If youhave anautomatictransmission,takingyourkeyoutalsolocksyourtransmission. Andremember to lockthedoors. ParkingatNight:Park in a lighted spot,close all windowsandlockyour vehicle.Remember to keepyourvaluablesoutofsight.Putthem in a storage area, or take them with you. ParkingLots: If you park in alotwheresomeonewillbewatchingyour if youhave to vehicle,it’sbest to lock it upandtakeyourkeys.Butwhat if youhave to leavesomethinavaluableinvour leaveyourignitionkey?What vehicle? Putyourvaluables in astoragearea,likeyourglove DOX. Locktheglovebox. Lock all doorsexceptthedriver’s. Thentakethedoorkeywithyou. 2-8 1 New Vehicle c'Break-ln99 I Y U IIW ignition Switch Useyourignitionkeytostartyourvehicle.Theignitionkeyletsyouturnthe ignitionswitch to fivedifferentpositions: F KO404 Acc(Accessory):Accletsyouusethingsliketheradioandthewindshield off. To get into Acc,pushinthekeyandturn it wiperswhentheengineis just as it wasbeforeyou towardyou. Your steeringwheelwillremainlocked, insertedthekey. 2-9 Features & Contmls LOCK:Thispositionlocksyourignition,steeringwheelandtransmission.It’s a theftdeterrentfeature. You willonlybeabletoremoveyourkeywhenthe ignition is turnedtoLOCK. .. ~ . . . .. Off: This position lets you turn off theenginebut likeLOCK.UseOffifyoumusthaveyourvehicle is off (forexample,ifyourvehicleisbeingpushed). still turnthesteeringwheel in motionwhiletheengine Run: This is the position for driving. Start: Thisstartsyourengine. - Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekey to “LOCK’ will lock thesteeringcolumn an’d resultin a loss ofabilitytosteerthe vehicle. This coiu18dcause amcollision. If you need to turn the engiw off Mhilethevehicleismoving, turn the key only to “OW. Don’t m v e the key release lever while the vehicle is moving. 2-1 0 Key Release Lever Theignitionkeycannotberemovedfromtheignition vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaseleverisused. of manualtransmission To Remove the Key Turnthekey to theLO,CKpositionwhilepressingthekeyreleaseleverdown atthesametime.Keepingyourfingeronthelever,pullthekeystraightout. Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekeytoLOCKandpullitstraight out. To Starz Your 2.5 -Liter (VIN Code A) L4 Engine: 1. AutomaticTransmission: Moveyourshiftlever to P (Park)or N (Neutral).Yourenginewon'tstart To restartwhenyou're inanyotherposition-that'sasafetyfeature. alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. 2-1 1 Features & Controls 1 NOTICE Don’t try to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is movi :auld dal ae ? transrnissil SI ark‘ nE ManualTransmission: . to the Shiftyourgearselector to N (Neutral)andholdtheclutchpedal floor while starting the engine. Your vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal is not all the waydown-that’sasafetyfeature. . - 2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. In some othervehiclesyoumightneed to do this,butbecause ofyour vehicle’s computersystems,youdon’t. 3. Turnyourignitionkey to Start.Whentheenginestarts,let key.The idlespeedwill go downasyourenginegetswarm. go of the In very cold weather, do this: 1. Withyourfoot off theacceleratorpedal, turn your ignitionkey to Start until yourenginebeginsfiring.Pushdownontheacceleratorpedal slightly.Whentheenginepicksupspeed,letgoofthekey.Onceyour engine is running smoothly, letupontheaccelerator pedal. 2. If it doesn’tstartrightaway,pushtheacceleratorpedal all the way to thefloorandhold it thereasyouholdthekey in Start foraboutthree do thesame seconds. If thevehiclestartsbrieflybutthenstopsagain, thing,butthistimekeepthepedaldownuntilyourenginerunssmoothly. NOTICE b___ 2-1 2 t NOTICE I ever nave your venue loweu, see 11 now IO do it without damaging your v-’-’cle the Index. To Start Your 2.8 Liter (W/V Code R) and 4.3 Liter (VlN Codes Z and W) V6 Engines: 1. AutomaticTransmission: P (Park)or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’tstart Moveyourshiftleverto inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature. To restartwhenyou’re alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. I NOTICE I ManualTransmission: N (Neutral)andholdtheclutchpedaltothe Shiftyourgearselectorto floor while starting the engine. Your vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal is not all the way down-that’s a safety feature. 2. Don’tpush the acceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine. In some do this,butbecause of yourvehicle’s other vehicles you might need to computersystems,youdon’t. 3. TurnyourignitionkeytoStart.Whentheenginestarts,letgo key. Theidlespeedwill godownasyourenginegetswarm. 2-1 3 of the Features & Controls 4. If it doesn’tstartright away, hold yourkey in Start. If it doesn’t start in three seconds,pushtheacceleratorpedalaboutone-quarteroftheway it starts. downfor 12 moreseconds,oruntil 5. If yourenginestillwon’tstart(orstartsbutthenstops),itcouldbe flooded with too much gasoline. Try this: Wait 15 seconds to letthestartermotorcool down. Thenpushyour acceleratorpedalalltheway to thefloor. Hold it there.Then, hold the key in Startfornomorethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra gasolinefromtheengine. If theengine stili doesn’tstart,waitanother again. Whentheenginestarts, -._. . 15 secondsand do it all let go of thekeyandtheacceleratorpedal. NOTICE I I Driving Through Deep Standing Water mda IIW 1IW.l I Engine Block Heater KO414 In verycoldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theoptionalengineblockheater canhelp.You’llgeteasierstartingandbetterfueleconomyduringengine warm-up. To usethe brock heater: 1.Turn off the engine. 2.Open the hoodandunwrap the electricalcord. 3. Plug it intoanormal,grounded1IO-voltoutlet. A Pluggingthecordinto an ungroundedoutletcouldcauseanelectrical shock. Also, the wrong kind ofextensioncordcouldoverheatand causeafire. You couldbeseriouslyinjured.Plug the cordintoa If thecord won’treach, properlygroundedthree-prong110-voltoutlet. useaheavy-dutythree-prongextensioncordratedforatleast 15 amps. 2-1 5 Features & Controls How longshouldyoukeeptheblockheaterpluggedin? Theanswerdepends of on the weather, thekind of oil you have,andsomeotherthings.Instead trying to listeverythinghere,weaskthatyoucontactaGeneralMotors dealer in theareawhereyou’llbeparkingyourvehicle.Thedealercangive you the best advice for that particular area. Automatic Ilansmission 2-1 6 I CAUTION I A It is.-dangerousto get out of..yourvehicle if. tha..shift lever is notfully i n - P (ParQ--wiih the parking brake fiim~ljj-set.Yo’ur vehiclle ‘&n roll. Doln’t leave your vehiclewhen the engine is runningunlessyouhave to. If you have left theenginerunning,tihevehiclecanmove suddenly.Youorothers could- be injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move,whenyolu’lreonfairly level ground,alwaysset your parkingbrake and movetheshiftlever to P (Park). Of you havefour-wheeldrive, your vehiclewillbe free to roll-even if your shift lever is in P (Park)i-if your transfer case i:s iln ‘N (Neutral). So besurethetransfercase is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral)’. See “Shifting into P (Par’k)’’ in the Index. If y o u are ,parkingonahill, or, ifyou’rep’ullinga traihr, also see “Parking on Hills” o:r“Towilnlg a Trailer” in the Index. R (Reverse).Usethisgeartobackup. To rockyourvehiclebackandforthtogetoutofsnow,iceorsandwithout damagingyourtransmission,see “If You’reStuckinSand,Mud,IceorSnow” intheIndex. N (Neutral).Inthisposition,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels. To restartwhenyou’realreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N (Neutral)whenyourvehicle is beingtowed. a I Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) While your engine is “racing” (iunning afthlighspeed) is dangerous. ‘Unless your foot is firmly on thebrakeped’al, your vehilclecouldmoveveryrapidly. You co1wl;d lose contro’l and hit people or objects.Don’t shift out ‘of P (Park)or N (Neutral)whileyourengine is racing. 2-1 7 Features & Controls I OD (AutomaticOverdrive).Thisposition morepowerforpassing,andyou’re: is fornormaldriving. If youneed - Goinglessthanabout 35 mph (56 km/h),pushyouraccelerator pedal about halfway down. - Goingabout 35 mph (56 km/h) or more,pushtheaccelerator all the waydown.You’ll shiftdown to thenextgearandhavemorepower. OD should not beused when towingatrailer,carryingaheavyload, D (thirdgear)when drivingonsteephills,orforoff-roaddriving.Select operating the vehicle under any oftheseconditions. D (ThirdGear).This is like OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive. shoulduse D whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,drivingon steeps hills, or for off-road driving. You 2 (SecondGear).Thispositiongivesyoumorepowerbutlowerfuel economy.You canuse 2 (SecondGear)onhills.Itcanhelpcontrolyour also speedasyougodownsteepmountainroads,butthenyouwould want to useyourbrakesoffandon. If youhavea 4.3L engine(Codes Z and W) and if youmanuallyselect 2, thetransmissionwilldrive in secondgear.Youmayuse thisfeature to startyour forreducingtorque to therearwheelswhenyouaretrying vehiclefromastoponslipperyroadsurfaces. e 1 (FirstGear).Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower(butlowerfuel economy)than 2. You canuse it onverysteephills, or in deepsnow or mud. If theselectorlever is put in 1, thetransmissionwon’tshiftinto first gear until the vehicle is goingslowlyenough. 2-1 8 FivemSpeed Manual Transmission PO348 This is theshiftpattern.Here’showtooperateyourtransmission: e 1 (FirstGear)-Presstheclutchpedalandshiftinto 1. Then,slowlylet up on the clutch pedal as you .press the accelerator pedal. 20 mph (32 km/h). If You canshiftinto 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan you’vecome to acompletestopandit’shardtoshiftinto 1, putthe shiftleverin N (Neutral)andletupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal backdown. Thenshiftinto 1. e 2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe 2. Then,slowlyletupontheclutch acceleratorpedalandshiftinto pedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal. e 3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shiftinto 3, 4 and 5 the 2. Slowlyletupontheclutchpedalasyoupress samewayyoudofor theacceleratorpedal. e To Stop -Letupontheacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal. Justbeforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrake pedal,andshift to N (Neutral). e N (Neutral)-Usethispositionwhenyoustartoridleyourengine. e R (Reverse)-Tobackup,pressdown theclutchpedalandshiftinto Letupontheclutchpedalslowlywhilepressingtheacceleratorpedal. 2-1 9 R. Featurns & Controls I If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea SHIFT light. This lightwill showyouwhen to shift to thenexthighergearforbestfueleconomy. you can "shift to the n-exthighergear if weather, Whenthislightcomeson, roadandtrafficconditionslet you.For thebestfuel economy, accelerate slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson. if youquickly Whileyou.accelerate, it is normalforthelight to goonandoff changetheposition of theaccelerator.IgnoretheSHIFTlightwhenyou downshift. For Four-wheelDriveVehicles Only: If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive andisequippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe transfercaseis in 4 LOW. Shift Speeds-Manual Transmissions If yourspeeddropsbelow 20 mph (32 km/h),or if theengine is not running Youmayhave to smoothly,youshoulddownshift to thenextlowergear. downshifttwoormoregears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good performance. 2-20 CAUTION I If youskipmore than onegearwhenyoudownshift,youcouldlose control ofyour vehicle.Andyou could injureyourselforothers. NOTICE Locking Rear Axle Ifyouhavethisfeature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon snow,mud,ice,sandorgravel.Itworkslikeastandardaxlemostofthe time,butone of therearwheelshasnotractionandtheotherdoes,the lockingfeaturewillallow the wheelwithtraction to movethevehicle. Parking Brake KO424 To set the parking brake: Holdtheregularbrakepedaldownwithyourrightfoot.Pushdownthe If theignitionison,thebrakesystem parkingbrakepedalwithyourleftfoot. warninglightwillcomeon. 2-21 Featums & Controls To release the parking brake: Hold theregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthebrakereleaselever. I NOTICE If youare on ahill: See“ParkingonHills”intheIndex.Thatpartshowshowtoturnyourfront wheels. If youaretowingatrailerandareparkingonanyhill: See“Towing a Trailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhatto the trailer from moving. do first to keep Torque Lock Theparkingbrakeshould be setfirstwheneverleavingthedriver’sseat. If youareparkedona hill andthetransmissionisplacedin P (Park)before the parking brake is set, the weight of the vehiclemayputtoomuchforce ontheparkingpawl in thetransmission. It may be difficult to pull the selector leverout of P (Park).This is called“torquelock.” To preventthis, the parking to P (Park). brakeshouldbesetBEFOREmovingtheselectorlever Whenpreparingtomovethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbemovedout of P (Park)BEFOREreleasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst, P (Park),evenonlevelsurfaces. Thenreleasethetransmissionfrom If “torquelock”doesoccur,youmayneed to haveanothervehiclenudgethis of thepressure off thetransmissionwhileyoupull vehicleuphilltotakesome the selector lever out of P (Park). 2-22 ~ Shifting Into P (Park) .(Automatic Transmission Models Only) fi I. A.UTION It canbedangeroustogetoutofyourvehicle fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. roll. if theshiftleverisnot Your vehiclecan I Ifyouhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmove sudde..I,. To be sure your vehiclewon’tmove, You orotherscouldbeinjured. whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow. Ifyouhavefour-wheeldrive,withamanualtransfercaseshiftlever andyourtransfercaseis in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto roll,even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So, besurethetransfer case is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). If youareparkingona or hill, or if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingOnHills” “TowingaTrailer’’ in theIndex. 1. Hold the brakepedaldownwithyourrightfootandsettheparking brake. 2. Movetheshiftlever into the P (Park)positionlikethis: Pull the levertowardyou. KO406 Movetheleverup as faras it willgo. 2-23 Features & Contmls 3. Ifyouhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,be surethetransfercase is inadrive gear-not in N (Neutral). 4.Move theignitionkey to LOCK. 5. Removethekeyandtake it with you. If youcanwalkawayfromyour vehiclewiththeignition key in yourhand,yourvehicleis in P (Park). Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running (Automatic Transmission Models Only) 1 CAUTION I It canbedangerous to leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunning. Your vehicle could movesuddenly if theshiftlever is notfully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. If youhave four-wheeldrive withamanualtransfercaseshiftleverandyourtransfercase is in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefree to roll,even if yourshiftleveris in P (Park).Sobesurethetransfercaseis in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). And, if youleavethevehiclewiththeenginerunning,it could overheatandevencatchfire.Youorothers couldbeinjured. Don’tleaveyour vehiclewiththeenginerunningunlessyouhaveto. If youhave to leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunning,besureyour is firmlysetbeforeyouleaveit. vehicle is in P (Park)andyourparkingbrake If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,besure that the transfer case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral).Afteryou’ve movedtheshiftlever into the P (Park)position,holdtheregularbrakepedal down. Then,see if youcanmovetheshiftleverawayfrom P (Park)without first pulling it toward you. If youcan, it meansthattheshiftleverwasn’tfully lockedinto P (Park). ParkingYour b bide(ManualTransmissionModels Only) Beforeyougetoutofyourvehicle,putyourmanualtransmission (Reverse)andfirmlyapplytheparkingbrake. in R If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,besure yourtransfercase is in adrivegear.Your vehicle could roll if it isn’t. If you are parking onahill,or if your vehicle is equippedtotowatrailer, see“Parking on Hills”or “Towing a Trailer” in theIndex. 2-24 I Parking Over Things That Burn AM220007 CAUTION Thingsthatcan burn couldtouchhotexhaust parts underyour vehicleandignite.Don’t park overpapers,leaves,drygrassorother thingsthatcanburn. 2-25 Features & Contmls I CAUTION 4 Engine exhaust can .kill. It contains thegascarbonmonoxide (CO), which you can’t see or smell. it can muse unconsciousness and death. You might have exhaust coming in if: Your exhaust system sounds strange or different. 0 Your vehiclegets ‘rusty underneath. * Your vehicle was damaged in acollision. 0 Your vehicle was damagedwhendrivingove’r road or over road debris. high pointsonthe * Repairsweren’tdonecorrectly. 0 Your vehicleorexhaustsystemhadbeenmodifiedimproperly. If you ever suspect exhaust is comilng into your vehicle: Drive il only with all thewindowsdown and to b’low outany CO; * Have il fixed immediately. Running Your Engine While You’re Parked (Automatic Transmission) It’sbetternottoparkwiththeenginerunning.But aresomethingstoknow. I C if youeverhaveto,here h Idling the engine with the air system control off couldallow dangerousexhaustintoyourvehicle.(SeetheearlierCautionunder “EngineExhaust.”) Also, idlinginaclosed-inplacecanletdeadlycarbonmonoxide (CO) into yourvehicleeven if thefanswitchisatthehighestsetting.One placethiscanhappenisagarage.Exhaust-with CO-can comein easily. NEVER parkinagaragewiththeenginerunning. Anotherclosed-inplacecanbeablizzard.(See“Blizzard”inthe Index.) 2-26 1 It can be dangerous to get out ofyourvehicle if the shift llever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. Your vehide can roll. Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running, unlless y~ haveto. If you’ve left the engine running, tihe vehiclecanmove suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle won’tmove,whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,alwayssetyour parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer case shift lever and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehide will be free to roll, even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So, besurethetransfer case is in a drive gear-not in ‘N (Neutral)., Follow the proper steps P (Park)”in to be sureyourvehicle won’t move.See“ShiftingInto theIndex. If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see “Farking on Mills” or“Towing a Trailer” in the Index. If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive,youcansendyourengine’sdrivingpower To shift out of two-wheel drive and into to all four wheels for extra traction. to 4 HIGH or 4 LOW.You four-wheeldrive,movethetransfercaseshiftlever shoulduse 2 WHEELformostnormaldrivingconditions,however. 2-27 I Features & Controls Manual Transfer Case I PO163 Thetransfercaseshiftleverisonthefloor to the right of thedriver.Usethis lever to shiftintoandout of four-wheel drive. An indicator light near the lever shows you the transfer case settings: 2 WHEEL 4 HIGH N SETPARKINGBRAKE 4 LOW The front axle portion of thediagramontheindicatorwill light upwhenyou shift into four-wheel drive. A slight delay between shifting and the pattern's if thefront axle does lighting is normal. If thepatterndoesnotlightup,or of four-wheel drive, have your dealercheck not go out after you shift out to the left to dimyour yoursystem.Turn thedialaboveyourheadlightswitch transfercaseindicatorlightwhenyourheadlightsorparkinglightsareon. 2 WHEEL:This settingisfordriving in moststreetandhighwaysituations. Your frontaxleisnotengagedintwo-wheeldrive. 4 HIGH:Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxle to helpdriveyourvehicle. Use 4 HIGH whenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads, or in mostoff-roadsituations. N SETPARKINGBRAKE:Shift needs to be towed. to thisneutralsettingonlywhenyourvehicle 2-28 I 4 LOW: This setting also engages your front axle to give you extra traction. to allfourwheels. Youmay neverneed 4 LOW. Itsendsthemaximumpower You mightchoose 4 LOW if youweredriving off-road in sand,mud,ordeep snowandclimbingordescendingsteephills. You canshiftfrom 2 WHEEL to 4 HIGHorfrom 4 HIGHto 2 WHEELwhile thevehicle is moving. It is notnecessaryforyou to press the transfercase shift lever button. Your front axle will engage faster if you take your foot off of the accelerator for a few seconds after you shift. To shift into or out of 4 LOWor N SETPARKINGBRAKE: - 1. Stop yourvehicleandshiftyourtransmissionintoneutral. 2. Press the transfercaseshift button andshift in onecontinuousmotion. Don’t pause in N SET PARKINGBRAKEasyou oryourgears could clash. shift into or out of 4 LOW, Remember that driving in 4 HIGHor 4 LOWmayreduce fuel economy.Also, driving in four-wheel drive ondrypavement could causeyourtires to wear faster and make your transfer case harder to shift. Electronic Transfer Case 1 KO412 Theoptionalelectronicshifttransfercaseswitch is ontheleftside ofyour instrumentpanelabovethelightswitches.Usethisswitchtoshift into and out of four-wheeldrive. You canchooseamong three drivingsettings: 1. Two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: This setting is fordriving in most street and highway situations. Your front axle is notengaged in two-wheeldrive. 2-29 t Featums & Contmls 2. 4HI:Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxletohelpdriveyourvehicle. Use4HIwhenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads, orinmostoff-roadsituations. 3. 4LO:Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxle to giveyouextratraction. all four Youmayneverneed4LO. It sendsthemaximumpowerto wheels.Youmightchoose 4L0 if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand, mud,ordeepsnowandclimbingordescendingsteephills. Indicatorlightsontheswitchshowyouwhichsettingyouarein.Both If both indicatorlights will comeonbrieflywhenyouturnontheignition. in forservice.The4HI lights do notcomeon,youshouldtakeyourvehicle positionhasagreenindicatorlightandthe4LOpositionhasanamber indicatorlight.Whenshiftingfrom4HIto4LOor4LOto4HI,theindicator lightwillflashuntiltheshiftiscompleted. Two-WheelDrive,“TWOWHEEL”,doesnothaveaswitchpositionoran indicatorlight. Your vehiclewillbe in two wheeldrive if neitherindicatorlight is on. To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”,to4HI:Pressandrelease the4HIswitch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewilllock automatically. To shiftfrom4HItotwo-wheeldrive,“TWOWHEEL”:Pressandrelease the4HIswitch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewillunlock automatically. To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive, ‘‘TWO WHEEL”, or 4HIto4LO:Stopyour N (Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal. vehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto Pressandreleasethe4LOswitch. You mustwaitfortheamber4LO indicatorlighttostopflashingandgosolidamberbeforeshiftingyour transmissionintogearorreleasingtheclutchpedal. If the 4L0 switchispressedwhenyourvehicleis in gearand/ormoving,the 30 secondsandnotcompletetheshift amber 4L0 indicator light will flash for 3 mphandthetransmissionisin N (Neutral)or unlessyourvehicleisbelow theclutchpedaldepressed. If yourtransfercasedoesnot Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: shiftinto 4L0, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With yourtransmission in N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe4LOswitch.Whilethe P (Park). amber4LOindicatorlightisflashing,shiftyourtransmissioninto Wait until the 4LOindicatorlightgoessolidamberbeforeshiftingyour transmissionintogear.Thiswillgetyouinto 4L0, butyoushouldtakeyour vehicleinforservice so normaloperationcanberestored. 2-30 To shift from 4LO to 4HI:Stopyourvehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto N (Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal.Pressandreleasethe4HIswitch. You mustwaitforthegreen4HIindicatorlighttostopflashingandgosolidgreen before shifting your transmission into gearorreleasingtheclutch pedal. If the4HIswitch is pressedwh’enyourvehicle is in gearand/ormoving,the green 4H1 indicator light will flash for 30 seconds but not complete the shift unless the vehicleisbelow 3 mphandthetransmission is in N (Neutral) or theclutchpedaldepressed. If yourtransfercasedoesnot Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles: shiftinto- 4HI, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With yourtransmission in N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe4HIswitch.Whilethe green4HIindicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmission into P (Park).Wait untilthe4HIindicatorlightgoessolidgreenbeforeshiftingyourtransmission into gear. Thiswillgetyouinto4HI,butyoushouldtakeyourvehicle in for service so normaloperationcanberestored. To shift from 4LO to two-wh’eeldrive, “lW0 WHEEL”: Youmust shiftfrom 4LO to 4HI before shifting backintotwo-wheeldrive. Windows To openyourmanualwindows, lower your side door windows. turn thehandcrankoneachdoortoraise If youhavetheoptionalpowerwindows,theco’ntrolsareoneach of theside doors. Thedriver’sdoorhasaswitchforthepassengerwindowsaswell. powerwindows will onlyworkwhentheignitionhasbeenturned 231 or Your to Run. Features & Contmls Pushtheswitchdowntolowerthewindow. Pushtheswitchup to raisethe window. Sliding Rear Window KO21 3 Your vehicle mayhavea slidingrear window.Pressthetop of thelatchin it. When you close the the center of thewindowandslidetheglasstoopen window,besure thelatchcatches. Swhg-Out Windows (Extended Cab) KO21 5 If your vehicle has rear swing-out windows, just unlatch them at their clasps and push out on the glass to openthem. 232 Tailgate KO216 You canopenthetailgateby tailgatedown. Whenyouputthe pulling up onthehandlewhile tailgate backup,besure pulling the it latches securely. Horn KO223 Pressthepad in thecenter of thesteeringwheel 2-33 to soundthehorn. Features & Controls Tilt Wheel .... +j I KO225 If youhave a tiltsteeringwheel, it allowsyoutoadjustthesteeringwheel beforeyoudrive. Do notadjustthesteeringwheelduringyourdriving. Youcan alsoraiseittothehighestleveltogiveyourlegsmoreroomwhen youenterand exit thevehicle. To tiltthewheel,holdthesteeringwheelandpullthelever.Movethe steeringwheelto a comfortablelevel,thenreleasethelevertolockthewheel in place. 234 1 The IUrn Signal!ultifunction Lever PO177 of thesteeringcolumnincludes TurnSignalandLaneChangeIndicator HeadlightHigh-LowBeam & PassingSignal WindshieldWipers WindshieldWasher CruiseControl(Option) Theleverontheleftside 2-35 your: Features & Controls Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator The turn signalhastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(forLeft) positions.Thesepositionsallowyoutosignalaturnoralanechange. PO178 To signalaturn, move theleverallthewayup finished,theleverwillreturnautomatically. ordown.When theturn is I Cluster Digital Cluster Standard PO251 A greenarrowontheinstrumentpanelwillflashinthedirectionoftheturn or lane change. 2-36 I To signal a lanechange,justraiseorlowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow startsto flash. Hold it thereuntilyoucompleteyourlanechange.Thelever will returnbyitselfwhenyoureleaseit. As yousignalaturnoralane on, asignalbulbmaybeburned signal. chi' -- OUT if thearrowsdon’tflashbutjuststay and otherdriverswon’tseeyourturn (If yourvehiclehasthedigitalinstrumentcluster,theturnsignalarrowswill if a signalbulbisburnedout.) flashatafasterrate If abulbisburnedout,replace it to helpavoidanaccident. If the green arrowsdon’tgoonat all whenyousignalaturn,checkthefuse(see “Fuses”intheIndex)andforburned-outbulbs. If youhaveatrailertowingoptionwithaddedwiringforthetrailerlights,a differentturnsignalflasherisused.Withthisflasherinstalled,thesignal indicatorwillflashevenifaturnsignalbulbisburnedout.Checkthefront andrearturnsignallightsregularly to makesuretheyareworking. Operation of Lights Althoughyourvehicle’slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights,foglamps, sidemarkerlightsandtaillights)meetallapplicableFederallighting requirements,certainstatesandprovidencesmayapplytheirownlighting regulationsthatmayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights. Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower beamlightswithfoglampsatalltimes,orthatheadlightsbeturnedon wheneveryoumustuseyourwindshieldwipers.Inaddition,mostjurisdictions It is prohibitdrivingsolelywithparkinglights,especiallyatdawnordusk. recommendedthatyoucheckwithyourownstateorprovincialhighway authorityforapplicablelightingregulations. 2-37 Features & Controls Headlight High-Low Beam ..- m PI To changetheheadlightsfromlowbeamtohighorhighto low, pull theturn it. Whenthehighbeams signalleverallthe waytowardyou.Thenrelease areon,abluelightontheinstrumentpanelalsowillbeon. Windshield Wipers r PO1 80 You control the windshieldwipersbyturningthebandwiththewipersymbol on it. 2-38 I For a singlewipingcycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold it thereuntilthe wipersstart,thenlet go. Thewiperswillstopafteronecycle. If youwant MIST longer. morecycles,holdthebandon low speed,turnthebandawayfrom Forsteadywipingat position.Forhighspeedwiping,turnthebandfurther,to off symbol. wipers,movethebandtothe you tothe LO HI. To stopthe PO177 Low Speed Delay Wipers (Option) Youcansetthewiperspeed for a long orshortdelaybetweenwipes.This canbeveryuseful in lightrain orsnow.Turnthe bandtochoosethedelay LO, theshorterthedelay. time.Thecloserto I you fromseeingwellenough to Damagedwiperbladesmayprevent drive safely. To avoilddamage,blesure to &air ice and SKIW from If they're frozen to the thewiperbladesbeforeusilngthem. wi'ndshield, carefully lloosen or thaw them. If your blades become damaged,getnewblades or blade inlserts. leavy snow or ice can overload your wipers. untilthemotorcools.Clearawaysnoworice I 2-39 A circuit breaker will stop them to preventanoverload. I Features & Controls Windshield Washer POT81 Atthetop of themultifunctionleverthere'sapaddlewiththeword it. To spray 'hasher fluid on thewindshield,pushthepaddle. If youhavethestandardwipers,thewiperswillkeepgoingin turn the wiper control to the off symbol. PUSH on LO until you If youhavetheLowSpeedDelayoption,thewiperswillclearthewindow andtheneitherstop or returntoyourpre-setspeed. 1 Drivingwithoutwasherfluidcanbedangerous.Abadmud splashcanblockyourvision. You couldhitanothervehicleorgo off theroad.Checkyourwasherfluidleveloften. In freezingweather,don'tuseyourwasheruntilthewindshieldis warmed.Otherwisethewasherfluidcanformiceonthe windshield,blockingyourvision. 2-40 I I 1OTICE Cruise Control (Option) PO259 WithCruiseControl,youcanmaintain a speed of about25mph (40 km/h)or morewithoutkeepingyourfootontheaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelpon 25 mph(40 longtrips.CruiseControldoesnotworkatspeedsbelowabout kmlh). or pushtheclutchpedal, Whenyouapplyyourbrakes off. transmission,theCruiseControlshuts 2-4 1 if youhaveamanual Features & Contmls t 1 CALITION - .. ;Fg , . I . L CruiseControlcanbedangerouswhereyoucan'tdrivesafelyat asteadyspeed. So, don'tuseyourCruiseControlonwinding roads or in heavytraffic. A CruiseControlcanbedangerousonslipperyroads.Onsuch roads,fastchanges in tiretractioncancauseneedlesswheel spinning,andyoucouldlosecontrol.Don'tuseCruiseControl onslipperyroads. To Set Cruise Control MovetheCruiseControlswitch to ON. 1 CAUTION A k If youleaveyourCruiseControlswitchonwhenyou'renotusing Cruise,youmighthitabuttonand go intoCruisewhenyoudon't wantto.You could be startledandevenlosecontrol.Keepthe CruiseControlswitch OFF untilyouwant to useit. Getuptothespeedyouwant. Push in thesetbuttonattheend of theleverandrelease Takeyourfootoff theacceleratorpedal. 2-42 it. To Resume a Set Speed c PO261 SupposeyousetyourCruiseControlatadesiredspeedandthenyouapply thebrake.This, ofcourse,shuts off theCruiseControl.Butyoudon’tneed 25 mph (40 km/h)ormore,youcan toresetit.Onceyou’regoingabout WA (Resume/Accelerate)for movetheCruiseControlswitchfromONto abouthalfasecond. You’llgorightbackuptoyourchosenspeed and staythere. If youholdtheswitchat WA (ResumelAccelerate)longerthanhalfa second,thevehiclewillkeepgoingfasteruntilyoureleasetheswitch So orapplythebrake.Youcouldbestartledandevenlosecontrol. unlessyouwanttogofaster,don’tholdtheswitchat WA (ResumelAccelerate). r o Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control Therearetwowaystogotoahigherspeed.Here’sthefirst: 1. Usetheacceleratorpedaltogettothehigherspeed. 2. Pushthebuttonattheend of thelever,thenreleasethebuttonandthe acceleratorpedal.You’llnowcruiseatthehigherspeed. 2-43 Features & Controls PO263 Here'sthesecondway to go toahigherspeed: 1. MovetheCruiseswitchfrom thereuntil yougetup switch. ON to WA (ResumelAccelerate).Holdit tothespeedyouwant,andthenreleasethe 2. To increaseyourspeedinverysmallamounts,movetheswitch to WA (ResumelAccelerate)forlessthanhalf a secondandthenreleaseit. 1 mph (1.6 kmlh)faster. Eachtimeyou do this,yourvehiclewillgo To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control PO264 2-44 1. Push in the button attheend of theleveruntilyoureachthelower it. speedyouwant,thenrelease 2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebuttonforlessthana halfsecond.Eachtimeyoudothis,you’llgo 1 mph (1.6 km/h)slower. Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyourfoot off thepedal,yourvehicle will slowdowntotheCruiseControlspeedyouset earlier. Using Cruise Control on Hills HowwellyourCruiseControlwillworkonhillsdependsuponyourspeed, load,andthesteepness of thehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay want to step on the accelerator pedal to maintainyourspeed.Whengoing downhill,youmayhave to brakeorshift to alowergear to keepyourspeed of CruiseControl.Many down. Of course,applyingthebraketakesyouout driversfindthis to betoomuchtroubleanddon’tuseCruiseControlon steephills. To Get Out of Cruise Control There are two ways to turn off the Cruise Control: 1. Steplightlyonthe brake pedal orpushtheclutchpedal, manualtransmission;or if youhavea ruzw 2. MovetheCruiseswitch to OFF. 2-45 Features & Contmls To Erase Speed Memory Whenyou turn off theCruiseControl or theignition, yourCruiseControlset speedmemory is erased. Lights Your lightswitchesareontheleftside ofyourinstrumentpanel. KO239 Push the top switch to turn on: ParkingLights SidemarkerLights Taillights LicensePlateLights InstrumentPanelLights TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel Pushthebottomswitchtoturnontheheadlights,togetherwith: ParkingLights SidemarkerLights Taillights LicensePlateLights InstrumentPanelLights TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel 2-46 Pushtheswitchmarked OFF to turn off your lights. Turnthedialabovetheheadlightswitch to theright to makeyourinstrument panelandtransfercase lights brighter.Turningthe dial allthe way to the rightuntil it clicks will turn ontheinteriorlights. Turnthedial to theleft to dimyourinstrumentpanelandtransfercase indicator lights. You canswitchyourheadlightsfrom multifunctionlever. high to lowbeambypullingonthe A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlights. If youhaveanelectricaloverload, off. Haveyourheadlightwiringchecked your headlights will flicker on and rightaway if thishappens. Fog Lamps KO940 Useyouroptional fog lampsforbettervision in foggyormistyconditions. Your parkinglightsand/orlowbeamheadlightsmustbeon oryourlamps won’twork. Thefoglampswitch is ontheinstrumentpanelundertheheadlightswitch. Presstherightside of theswitch to turn thefoglampson,andtheleftside of the switch to turn them off. A lightwillglow in the rightside of the switch whentheyareon. 2-47 Featums & Controls KO241 Remember,foglampsalonewillnotgive Neveruseyourfoglamps off as muchlightasyourheadlights. in the dark without turning on your headlights. off wheneveryourhighbeamheadlightscomeon.When Foglampswillgo the high beamsgooff,thefoglampswillcomeonagain. Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only) r KO242 Ifyour vehicle was firstsold,whennew, in Canada,youwillhavethislight on theinstrumentpanel.It goesonwhenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsare on. 2-48 Dayiime Running Lights (Canada Only) TheCanadianFederalGovernmenthasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning Lights”(DRL)areausefulfeature,inthatDRLcanmakeyourvehiclemore visibletopedestriansandotherdriversduringdaylighthours.DRLisrequired on all newvehiclessold in Canada. Thehighbeamheadlightswillcomeonatreducedbrightnessindaylight when: Theignitionison off, and Theparkingbrakeisreleased. vvnenyouturnonyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitch off andtheexrerlor off theheadlights,theexteriorlightswill lightswillcomeon.Whenyouturn gooutandhighbeamswillchange to thereducedbrightness of DRLagain. Theheadlightswitchis TheDRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwillgoonwhenevertheDRL is on.ThislightmeansthatonlytheDRLison.Whenyouturnonyour exteriorlights,thislightwillgoout. Of course,youmaystillturnonthe headlightsanytimeyouneedto. off, settheparkingbrake.TheDRLwill To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRL stay off untilyoureleasetheparkingbrake. Headlights-On Reminder A remindertonewillsoundwhenyourheadlightsareturnedonandyour ignitionisin Off, LOCK or Acc. To turnthetone off, turnthedimmerdialall the way to the left. 2-49 Features & Controls Dome Light J L KO1 87 Thedomelightwillcomeonwhenyouopenthesidedoors. You canalso to therightuntilitclicks. turnthedomelightonbyturningthedimmerdial Mirrors ’% PO154 Inside Mirror Pressthetabunder the mirrortoreduceglarefromheadlightsbehindyou. If yourvehiclehasoptio.nalmaplights,theywillautomaticallycomeonfor is opened,oruntilthe approximately 15 secondswheneitherfrontdoor ignitionisturned to RUN. You canalsoturnthe map lights on and off bypressingtheswitchnear RUN forthemaplights eachlight.However,theignitionmustbeturnedto comeon. to Outside Mirrors I Adjust your outside mirrors so youcanjustseetheside ofyourvehicle. Some vehiclescomewitharemotecontrolswitchforadjustingtheoutside mirrors.FindtheswitchontheinstrumentpanelbelowtheAir Conditioning/Heatercontrols.Twisttheswitch to therightorleft to choosethe mirror,thenmovetheswitchfromside to sideorupanddownasneeded. Convex Outside Mirror Your rightsidemirror is convex.Aconvexmirror'ssurfaceiscurved canseemorefromthedriver'sseat. 2-5 1 so you Features & Controls k If you aren'tused to a convexmirror,youcan hit anothervehicle. A convexmirrorcanmakethings(likeothervehicles) look fartheraway than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit a vehicle on1 your right.Checkyourinsidemirror or gla.nce over your shoulder before changinig lanes. - c L Sun VisorsNanify Mirrors KO251 To blockoutglare,youcanswingdownthevisors.Youcan fromsidetoside. also swingthem Somevisorshavemirrorsbuiltin,withandwithoutlights.Justliftthemirror if youhavethem. coveroneachvisortoturnthelightson 2-52 1 1 PO270 Somevisorshavea“dualvisor”,whereyoucanswingportions of the visor in different directions at the same time to block out glare. These visors also haveanextensionthatcanbe pulled outforadditionalglareprotection. Your visormayhaveastrapforholdingsmallitems,suchasmaps. Accessory Power Outlet PO157 Ifyouhavetheoptionalaccessorypoweroutlet,youcanplug in auxiliary electricalequipment.Justunsnapthetop of theoutletand follow theproper installationinstructionsthatareincludedwithanyelectricalequipmentyou install. 2-53 Features & Controls Cigarette f ighter/Ashtrays KO26 To usethelighter,press popbackbyitself. it in all the way, andlet go.Whenit'sready,itwill it isheating. If you do, Don't holdacigarettelighter in withyourhandwhile itwon'tbeable to backawayfromtheheatingelementwhenit'sready.That canmake it overload,damagingthelighterandtheheatingelement. To removethefrontashtray,pullonthefrontof it. Don'tputpapersandotherthingsthatburnintoyourashtray. If you do, cigarettes orothersmokingmaterialscouldsetthemonfirecausingdamage. 2-54 Storage Compartments PO158 Your vehiclemayhaveaconsolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats. To openit,just lift thetop of theconsolewhilepressingthebuttononthe driver’s side. If you have an automatic transmission, your console also includes ahandyplace to hold cups. If youhaveamanualtransmission,yourconsole willhaveatray. t KO258 To openyour glovebox,squeezethebuttons on eitherside of thekeyhole Two cupholders are providedforyour togetherandpullthedooropen. convenience.Useyourdoorkey to lockyourglovebox. 2-55 'I I Featums & Contmls KO259 A narrowshelfunderyourinstrumentpanelmaybeusedforitemssuchas gloves or small books. KO260 YOU will find a storagepocketoneachofthefrontdoors.Thedriver'sdoor pocket contains a coin holder for your loose change. YOUmay alsohaveastoragepocketontheback seats. 2-56 ofyour 60/40 split-bench K224, Somevehicleshaveastorageareabehindtheseat. PO1 84 Convenience Net (Extended Cab) A conveniencenetmaybeprovidedfortherearcabtohelpkeepsmall items,likegloves and lightclothing in placeduringsharpturnsorquickstops andstarts.Thenet is notdesignedtoretaintheseitemsduringoff-road use. Thenet is notforlarger,heavieritems.Storesuchthingsontheloadfloor as far forward as you can. Install the convenience net at the rear ofyourvehicle,justbelowtherear window.Attachtheupperloops to the retainersbelowthewindow(thelabel should be visible in the upperpassengersidecorner).Theconveniencenet 25 pounds (11 kg). hasamaximumcapacityof 2-57 Features & Contmls PO190 KO262 2-59 f Features & Confmls r KO263 2-60 ,f-J KO264 2-61 Features & Confmls instrument Cluster Yourinstrument cluster is designed to letyouknowat a glancehowyour vehicleisrunning.You'llknow howfastyou'regoing,abouthowmuch fuel you've used,andmanyotherthingsyou'llneed to knowtodrivesafelyand economically. Digital Cluster If youhavethedigitalcluster it looksdifferentbutwilltellyoueverythingthe also includesatachometerand will standardclusterdoes.Thedigitalcluster givereadings in eitherEnglishorMetric. To switchfromEnglish to Metric, just pressdown on the EIM lever. Speedometer and Odometer I KO265 Yourspeedometer letsyouseeyourspeed in bothmilesperhour(mph)and kilometersperhour(km/h).Yourodometershowshow far your vehicle has beendriven, in eithermiles (used in the U.S.) or kilometers(used in Canada). 2-62 1 Tamper Resistant Odometer Your odometer is tamper-resistant. The standard odometer will show silver linesbetweenthenumbers if someonetriesto turn it back.Thedigital it back. odometer will read ERROR if someonetriestoturn Cluster Digital Cluster Standard I KO267 You maywonderwhathappens if yourvehicleneedsanewodometer installed.Ifthenewonecanbeset to themileagetotal of the old odometer, if it can’t,thenit’ssetatzero,andalabelmustbeput thenitmustbe.But old mileagereadingwhenthenewodometer on the driver’sdoortoshowthe wasinstalled. 2-63 Featums & Controls Trip Odometer Thetripodometercan tell youhowfaryourvehiclehasbeendrivensince youlastsetthetripodometer to zero.Makesurethebuttoniscompletely depressed. Cluster Digital Cluster Standard KO269 To setthetripodometeronthestandardcluster near the readout. to zero,push the button The trip odometeronthedigitalclusterwillappear in place of yourregular Trip lever. To resetthetripodometer odometerwhenyoupressdownonthe Reset lever. To changebacktothe onthedigitalcluster,pressdownonthe Trip leveragain. regularodometer,pressdownonthe 2-64 i KO271 ~ NOTICE If youhave the 4.3L HighPerformanceengine(VINCode W), youwillhave 5600 rpm. afuelregulatorthatshuts the fuel off whentheenginereaches Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators Thissectiondescribesthewarninglightsandgagesthatareonyourvehicle. Thepictureswillhelpyoulocatethem. Warning lightsandgagescan s.ignal thatsomethingiswrongbefore it becomesseriousenoughtocauseanexpensiverepairorreplacement.Paying also saveyouorothersfrom attentiontoyourwarninglightsandgagescould injury. is aproblemwith one of your Warninglights go onwhentheremaybeor vehicle’sfuncfions. As youwillseeinthedetailsonthenextfewpages, somewarninglightscomeonbrieflywhenyouturntheignitionkeyjust to let If youarefam’iliarwiththissection,youshouldnot youknowthey’reworking. bealarmedwhenthishappens. 2-65 Features & Controls Gagescanindicatewhentheremaybeor is aproblemwithoneofyour to letyou vehicle’sfunctions.Oftengagesandwarninglightsworktogether knowwhen there’saproblemwithyourvehicle. Whenoneofthewarning lightscomesonandstaysonwhenyouare driving,orwhenoneofthegagesshowstheremaybeaproblem,checkthe section that tells you what to doabout it. Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice. So pleaseget to Waiting to dorepairscanbecostly-andevendangerous. knowyourwarninglightsandgages.They’rea big help. Brake System Warning Light Cluster Digital Cluster Standard i Pol 59 Your vehicle’shydraulicbrakesystemisdivided into twoparts. If one part isn’tworking,theotherpartcanstillworkandstopyou.Forgoodbraking, though,youneedbothpartsworkingwell.Yourvehiclealsohasrearwheel anti-lockbrakes. If thewarninglightgoeson,therecouldbeabrakeproblem with either yourregularorrearwheelanti-lockbrakes,orboth.Haveyour brakesysteminspectedrightaway. Thislightshouldcomeonasyoustartthevehicle.Ifitdoesn’tcomeon then,have it fixed so it willbeready to warnyou if there’saproblem. Thislightwillalsocomeon whenyousetyourparkingbrake,andwillstay on if yourparkingbrakedoesn’treleasefully. If it staysonafteryourparking it meansyoumayhaveabrakeproblem. If thelight brakeisfullyreleased, off theroadandstopcarefully. Youmay notice comesonwhiledriving,pull to push.Or,the pedal maygocloser to thefloor. It thatthepedalisharder may takelonger to stop. If thelightisstill on,havethevehicletowedfor service.(See“TowingYourVehicle” in theIndex.) 2-66 I I1 1 CAUTION A Your brakesystemmaynotbeworkingproperly if thebrakewarning lightison.Drivingwiththebrakewarninglightoncanleadtoan accident. If thelightisstillonafteryou’vepulled off ? roadand stoppedcarefully,havethevehicletowedfor servirn Engjne _GaolantTemperature Gage Cluster Digital Cluster Standard KO274 2-67 Features & Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon) Cluster Standard Digital Cluster II I PO161 A computermonitorsoperation ofyour fuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol systems.Thislightshouldcomeonwhentheignition is on,buttheengineis not running,asacheck to showyou it is working.If it doesnotcomeonat on whileyou aredriving, all, have it fixedrightaway. If it stayson,orcomes a problem.Youshouldtakeyour thecomputerisindicatingthatyouhave vehicle in forservice soon. 2-68 Oil Pressure Gage D i g M Cluster Standard Cluster I KO276 The oil pressuregageshowstheengine oil pressureinpsi(poundsper squareinch)whentheengineisrunning.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure inkPa(kilopascals). Oil pressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside low pressurezone temperatureand oil viscosity,butreadingsabovethe indicatethenormaloperatingrange. A readinginthelowpressurezonemaybecausedby levelorotherproblemscausinglow oil pressure. a dangerouslylow oil Onthedigitalcluster, a boxaroundtheoilpressuresymbolwillbegintoflash whentheoilpressureislow. I Dsln't ke'epdrivinlg if the oil pressure is l'ow. If you do, your engine can become so hot that it catches fire. YQU or others could be burned. Clheck your oil as soon as possiblle and have yo'u~r vehicle serviced. 2-69 lndicator Lights lndicatorlights goonwhenyouuseyourturnsignals,changefromlowbeam headlights to highbeams,orwhenyouuseyourhazardflashers.Thenext few pages will also tell you about the indicator lights on your vehicle and helpyoulocate them. Charging System Light - . ., .... . L KO280 Thechargingsystemlightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyou turn on theignition, buttheengineisnotrunning,asacheck to showyou it is working.Then it should go outoncetheengine is running. If it stayson,orcomesonwhile youaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwiththeelectricalchargingsystem. It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive belt, or another electricalproblem.Have it checkedrightaway.Drivingwhilethislight is on could drainyourbattery. If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththelight on, be certain to turn off all It is onthelower youraccessories,such as theradioandairconditioner. right hand side of your standard instrument cluster. 2-70 t CHECK GAGES Light KO281 If youhavethestandardinstrumentcluster,thislightwillcomeonbriefly If thelightcomesonandstaysonwhile whenyouarestartingtheengine. youaredriving,checkyourvariousgages to see if theyareinthewarning zones. Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only) KO242 ThisgreenlightwiththeDRLsymbol is on thelowerleft of theinstrument cluster.TheDRLindicatorisonwhenevertheignitionisonandtheheadlight off. FormoredetailsaboutDRL,see"Lights"in switchandparkingbrakeare thissection. 2-71 Features & Controls SHIFT Indicator Light 1 KO287 This light with the SHIFT symbol is on the instrument cluster of some vehicles withmanualtransmissions.The SHIFT indicatorlightwillhelpyougetthe best fuel economy.See “ShiftIndicatorLight” in thissection. Headlight High Beam Indicator Light L Thislightwiththebluehighbeamsymbolisontheinstrumentcluster.The highbeamindicator is onwheneveryouuseyourhighbeamheadlights.For moredetailsabouthighbeams,see“HeadlightHigh-LowBeamChanger” this section. 2-72 in Turn Signal and Lane Change lndicator Cluster Digifal Cluster Standard I Thislightwith the greenarrows is ontheinstrumentcluster.The turn signal indicatorwillcomeonwheneveryousignala turn or lanechange.See“Turn andLaneChangeSignal” in this section. 2-73 Features & Controls Gages Fuel Gage Standard Cluster Digital Cluster KO272 The fuel gagetellsyouabouthowmuch fuel youhaveleft,whentheignition is on.Whenthegagefirstindicatesempty,youstillhavealittlefuelleft,but youshouldgetmorefuelsoon. A boxaroundthegagesymbolonthedigitalclusterwillbegin yourtank is 1/8 full orless. Here are four things that some owners ask about. None problem with your fuel gage: At the gas station,the gaspumpshuts to flash when oftheseshow a off beforethegagereadsfull. It takesalittlemoreorlessfuel to fill up thanthegageindicated.For it example,thegagemayhaveindicatedthetankwashalffull,but actually took alittlemoreorlessthanhalfthetank‘scapacity to fill the tank. Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacornerorspeedup. off theignition. Foryourfueltankcapacity,seetheIndexunder“FluidCapacities.” Thegagedoesn’t go back to emptywhenyouturn 2-74 t Voltmeter Digital Cluster Standard Cluster I KO278 Whenyourengine is notrunning, but the ignition is on(inthe Run position), thegageshowsyourbattery'sstate of charge in DC volts.Whentheengine is running,thegageshowsthecondition of thechargingsystem.Readings between the lowand high warningzonesindicatethenormaloperatingrange. Onthedigitalcluster,aboxaroundthevoltmetersymbolwillbegin whenthechargingsystemneedsservice. You canonlydriveforashorttimewiththereading youmustdrive, turn off allunnecessaryaccessories. to flash in eitherwarningzone.If Readings in eitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblem system.Havethevehicleservicedassoonaspossible. in theelectrical mailer Wiring Harness Your vehicle mayhaveeithera5-wireor7-wireharness. The5-wireharnessisstoredalongtheleftrearframecrossmember.The harnesshasnoconnector,andyoushouldhaveaqualifiedserviceperson It mustberoutedout ofyour vehicleandattached wireyourharnessforyou. so that the trailer or thebodywon'tpullit. 2-75 Features & Contmls KO250 The7-wireharness is storedunderyourvehiclealongtherearframe 30 Amp. in-linefusedbatteryfeedwireand crossmember.Thisharnesshasa noconnector,andshouldbewiredbyaqualifiedserviceperson.Attach the harness to thetrailer, then tape orstrap it to yourvehicle'sframerail.Be sureyouleave it looseenough so thewiringdoesn'tbend or break,butnot so loose that it dragsontheground. Storetheharness in its originalplace. Wrap theharnesstogetherand neatly so it won'tbedamaged. tie it 2-76 I Comforf Controls & Audio Systems In thispartyou’llfindouthowtooperatethecomfortcontrolsystemsand audiosystemsofferedwithyourvehicle.Besure to readabouttheparticular systemsuppliedwithyourvehicle. Forexplanationofvehicle Section 0. symbols, referto“VehicleSymbols”in Comfort Controls ..............I..........I....I..........................I.......r................................. 3-3 ..................................................................... 3-3 3-5 Heating System....-..-.......................................................................................... ........ - ......3-6 Heating/Air Conditioning System............................................*.......,-.. Engine Block Heater ............................................................................................. 3-7 Flow-Through Ventilation System Audio Systems..................................................I....I................I.I..I.I...................I.I.3-7 FM Stereo .......................................................................................................... 3-8 AM ........ -..............=........................... ....................................................................3-8 AM Stereo ................... ........................ ............................................................. ..... How to Operate YourETR*AMRadio 3-8 ....................-.............. .......... 3-9 How to Operate Your ETRB AM-FM Stereo Audio System ................................................................................... 3-11 How toOperate Your ETR@AM-FM Stereo Audio Cassette System ................................................................... 3-13 3-1 . Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems How to OperateYour ETRs AM-FM Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer ......................................... 3-1 6 .............................................................. 3-19 Care of Your Cassette Tape Player How to OperateYour ETR@ AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System ........................... Care of Your Compact Disc - .................... 3-20 ........................................................................... 3-25 Fixed Mast Antenna ............................................................................................ 3-26 3-2 Comfort Controls Flow-Through Ventilatr'on System I KO502 Your vehicle's flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air to the inside ofyour vehiclewhen it is moving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,airwillflow into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle, and out the rear air exhaust valves.Outsideairwillalsoenterthevehiclewhentheheaterortheair conditioningfanisrunning. Ventilation Tips e Keepthehoodandfrontairinletfree of ice,snow,oranyother obstruction (such as leaves). The heater and defroster will work far better, reducing the chance of fogging the inside of your windows. to HI for Whenyouenteravehicle in coldweather,turntheblowerfan a fewmomentsbeforedriving off. This helps clear the intake ducts of snowandmoisture,andreducesthechance of foggingtheinsideof your windows. e Keep the air path under the front seats clear to circulate throughout your vehicle. 3-3 ofobjects. This helps air Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Air Vents t You will find air vents in the center and on the sides of yourinstrument panel. You canmovethevents to direct the flow ofair,orclose the vents altogether.When you close a vent, it will increase the flow of aircomingout of any vents that are open. If yourvehicledoes not have air conditioning, there are air vents in eachkick a handle to openandclose panel belowtheinstrumentpanel.Eachventhas it. 3-4 I Fan Lever Thelever at thetop of thesystemhasfourpositions. To increasetheair HI. To decrease the airflow,moveittoward OFF. flow,movethelevertoward Temperature Lever The lever on the left of thesystem lets you select the temperature flowing into yourvehicle.Movetheleverupforwarmerair.Movethelever down for cooler air. Function Lever Theleverontheright functions. of thesystemcanbemoved of theair to threedifferentheating DEFROST: Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Most of theaircomesout near the windshield,withsomegoing to thefloorventsandsidewindow defrost vents. Use this whenyouget fog or ice onthewindshield. HTR (Heater): Mostof the aircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout fromthedefrosterventsunderthewindshieldandatthefrontsidewindows. This is best for cold weather. VENT: Theaircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanelandatyour front side windows. 3-5 Comforf Controls & Audio Systems HeatingAir Conditioning System K05ur If your vehicle has air conditioning, your heatinglair conditioning system will look like this. Before using your vehicle’s air conditioning, open the windows vehicle of hot air. to clear the Fan Lever The lever at the top of thesystemhasfourpositions. To increase the air H1. To decreasetheairflow,move it toward LO. flow,movethelevertoward Temperature Lever The lever on the left of thesystemdisplayletsyouselectthetemperature the air coming into your vehicle. Move the lever upforwarmerair.Movethe lever down for cooler air. of Function Lever Theleverontheright of thesystemcanbemovedtosevendifferentheating and air conditioning functions. DEFROST Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Most of theaircomesout nearthewindshield,withsomegoingtothefloorventsandsidewindow defrostvents.Usethiswhenyougetfog or iceonthewindshield. HTR (Heater): Mostoftheaircomes outnearthefloor.Therestcomesout from the defroster vents under the windshield and at your front side windows. Thisisbestfor cold weather. 3-6 VENT: Theaircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanelandatyour front side windows. BI-LEV NC: With this, outside air comes theinstrumentpanelvents.Thissetting sunlight. in through the heater floor vent and is usefulincoolweatherwithbright NORM NC: Thissettingcoolstheoutside NORMassoonasthevehiclehascooleddown, through your vehicle. air. If youfirstusedMAX,use so outsideairwillbegoing MAX NC: Thiscoolstheairthefastest.Movetheotherleverallthewayto Cold. MAX lets in only a littleairfromtheoutside. YoucanuseMAXat off quickly. when it’s reallyhotoutsideandyouneedtocool OFF: Thebloweris off, butairstillwillcomefromoutletsatthefront to keeptheairatthechosentemperature. vehicle.Thesystemwilltry first ofyour Engine Block Heater If youusetheoptionalengineblockheaterbeforestartingyourengine,your heating system will produce warmer air faster, to heat the passenger compartment in coldweather.See“EngineBlockHeater”intheIndex. Audio Systems I CAUTION A Hearing damage frolm lloud noise is almost undetectable until it is too late. Your hearing can adapt to higher volmes ofsound. So’und that seems normal can be loud an’dharmfulltoyourhearing.Jake precaution’s by adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe sound level before your hearing adapts to it. To help avoid hearing IOSS ordamage: * Adjustthevolumecontroltothelowestsetting. Increasevolume SliOWly untilyouhearcomfortablyand clearlv. - - Your L-.CO@audiosystemhasbeendesignedtooperateeasilyandgive years of listeningpleasure.Butyou will getthemostenjoymentoutofitif do youacquaintyourselfwith it first.FindoutwhatyourDelco@systemcan and how tooperateall its controls,tobesureyou’regettingthe mostoutof theadvancedengineeringthatwentintoit. 3-7 Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems FM Stereo FMstereowillgiveyouthebestsound.ButFMsignalswillreachonlyabout 10 to 40 miles(16 to 65km).And,tallbuildingsorhillscaninterferewith to comeandgo. FMsignals,causingthesound AM TherangeformostAMstationsisgreaterthanforFM,especiallyatnight. Thelongerrange,however,cancausestationstointerferewitheachother. AMcanpickupnoisefromthingslikestormsandpowerlines.Tryreducing if youevergetit. thetrebletoreducethisnoise AM Stereo C-QUA@ ThismeanstheDelco@systemcanreceiveC-QUAM@stereobroadcasts. Many AM stationsaroundthecountryuseC-QUAM@toproducestereo, of Motorola,Inc.) thoughsome do not.(C-QUAM@isaregisteredtrademark If yourDelco@systemcangetC-QUAM?your “STEREO” lightwillcomeon whenyou’rereceiving it. 3-8 How to Operate Your E T P AM Radio K4308 This part tellsyouhowyourETR@ AM radio works. P WR (Power) The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand off. Upper Knob Theupperknobdoesthesethreethings: It controlsthevolume.TheVOLknobincreasesvolumewhenrotated clockwise. It tells you thetime.(Whentheignition display the time.) is off, pushtheRECALLknob It allowsyou to RECALLthefrequencywhen BAL (Balance) Thecontrol behind the upperknoballowsyou therightandleftspeakers. Lower Knob Turnthelowerknow to tune in radiostations 3-9 the radio is playing. to balancethesoundbetween to Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Pushbuttons Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations.Youcansetthe pushbuttonsfor up to sevenfavorite AM stations.Just: Tune in thestationyou want. PushtheSETpushbutton. seconds.) (SET appears in the VF displayforafew Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthefourpushbuttons to storethestation. Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn. NOTE: Up to threeadditionalstations maybe presetbypressinatwoadjoining buttons at the same time. Tune in thedesiredstation. PresstheSETpushbutton. Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime. (Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain. Clock To set the clock, just: PushtheSETpushbutton. Within 5 seconds,pressand onthedisplay. PressandholdHRS hold MlNS until thecorrectminuteappears until thecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay. TREBLE SlidetheTREBLEleverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If thestation is weakornoisy, slidetheTREBLEleverdown to reducethenoise. BASS SlidetheBASSleverup to increasethebassresponse.AdjusttheBASS lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear. 3-1 0 1 How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio System R K4309 ThisparttellsyouhowyourETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiosystemworks. P WR (Power) The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand off. Upper Knob The upper knob does these two things: It controlsthevolume.The VOL knobincreasesvolumewhenrotated clockwise. It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition is off, pushthe RECALL knobto display the time.) BAL (Balance) Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyou therightandleftspeakers. Lower Knob Turnthelowerknob to balancethesoundbetween to tune in radiostations.Push it toget AM or FM. FADE The control behind the lower knob fades the sound between your front and rear speakers. 3-1 1 Comfort Controls & Audio Systems SEEK PresstheSEEKbuttontocausethereceiver andstop. to SEEK thenexthigherstation SCAN WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowillgotothenextstationandpauseand willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears in the VF display. Pushbuttons Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn You cansetthepushbuttonsforup 7 FM). Just: to favoritestations. to fourteen favorite stations (7 AM and Tune in thedesiredstation. PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappears seconds.) in the VF displayforafew Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons to storethestation. Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn. NOTE: Up to threeadditionalstations maybe preset oneach band bypressingtwo adjoiningbuttonsatthesametime.(Thestationwillreturn when thesame twobuttonsarepressed again.) Clock To set the clock, just: PushtheSETpushbutton. Within 5 seconds,pressandhold onthedisplay. I r . . .. SEEK untilthecorrectminuteappears PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay. > - TREBLE SlidetheTREBLEleverup to increasethetrebleresponse. If astationis weak ornoisy,slidetheTREBLEleverdown to reducethenoise. BASS Slide the BASSleveruptoincreasethebassresponse.AdjusttheBASS lever to giveapleasingsound to yourear. 3-1 2 How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio Cassette System F B - . I K4310 Thispart tells youhowyour works: ETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystem P WR (Power) ThePWR button switchestheradio on and off. Upper Knob Theupperknobdoesthesethreethings: It controlsthevolume.The rotation. VOL knobincreasesvolumewithclockwise is off, pushtheRCLknobto It tells you the time.(Whentheignition display the time.) It allowsyou to heartheotherside while the cassette is playing.) of thetape.(PresstheRCLknob BAL (Balance) The control behind theupperknoballowsyou therightandleftspeakers. Lower Knob Turnthelowerknob to balancethesoundbetween to tune in radiostations.Push it to get AM orFM. 3-1 3 Comfort Confmls & Audio Systems FADE Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand rear speakers. SEEK Pressingthe SEEK buttonwillcausethereceivertoSEEKthenexthigher stationandstop. SCAN WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowillgo to thenextstationandpause,and willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears in the VF display. Pushbuttons Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn to favoritestations. You cansetthe pushbuttonsforup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM).Just: Tune in thedesiredstation. PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappearsintheVFdisplayfor seconds.) 5 Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons to storethestation. Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn. . ~ ~~. NOTE: Inadditiontothefourstationssetasabove, up to threeadditionalstations maybepresetoneachbandbypressingtwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthe sametime. Tuneinthedesiredstation. PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappears seconds.) in the VF displayfor 5 Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime. (Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.) Clock To settheclock,just: PresstheSETpushbutton. Within 5 seconds,pressandholdSEEKuntilthecorrectminuteappears onthedisplay. PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay. 3-1 4 TREBLE SlidetheTREBLEleveruptoincreasethetrebleresponse. weakornoisy,slide the TREBLEleverdowntoreduce If thestationis the noise. BASS SlidetheBASSleverup to increase the bassresponse.AdjusttheBASS lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear. DNP This is theDynamicNoiseReductionbutton.DNR@helpsremovebackground hissfromtheradioortapeplayer. Youmaywant toleaveitpushed in allthe time. DNR@ is aregisteredtrademark of NationalSemiconductorCorporation. To Play A Cassette Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are 30 to 45 minutes so thintheymaynotworkwell long on each side. Tapeslongerthanthatare inthisplayer. Oncethetape is playing,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolumebalance do fortheradio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside of the andfadejustasyou tapeisbeingplayed. Forward To rapidlyadvancethetape,pressthearrowpointingrightandthetape rapidlygoforwarduntilyoupresstheSTOP-EJECTbuttonlightly. will Reverse To rapidlyreverse the tape,press the arrowpointingleftandthetapewill rapidlyreverseuntilyoupresstheSTOP-EJECTbuttonlightly. PROGRAM To gofromoneside knob(Volume). of thetapetotheother,press the VOL-BAUPROG-RCL EJECT To removethetapeorstopthetapeandswitchtoradio,pressthe STOP-EJECT button. 3-1 5 Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems How to Operate Your ETW AM-FM Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer K4311 ThisparttellsyouhowyourETR@ equalizer works. AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystemwith P WR (Power) The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand off. Upper Knob Theupperknobdoesthesethreethings: It controlsthevolume. It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition display the time.) is off, pushtheRCLknob It allowsyou to heartheotherside whilethecassette is playing.) of thetape.(PressthePROGknob BAL (Balance) Thecontrolbehindthe rightandleftspeakers. Lower Knob Turnthelowerknob upperknoballowsyoutobalance to tuneradiostations.Push thesoundbetween it toget AM or FM. FADE Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand rear speakers. 3-1 6 to SEEK Pressing the SEEK button will cause the receiver to SEEK the, next higher stationandstop. SCAN WhenyoupressSCAN,theradio will gotothenextstationandpauseand will keep scanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears in thegraphic display. Pushbuttons Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations. You can Set the (7 AM and 7 FM). Just: pushbuttons for uptofourteenfavoritestations Tune in thedesiredstation. PresstheSETpushbutton. 5 seconds.) (NOTE: ThedisplaywillshowSET for about Withinthe 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons.Wheneveryou pressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn. NOTE: In additiontothefourstationssetasabove,up to threeadditionalstations maybepresetoneach band bypressingtwoadjoiningbuttonsatthesame time.Just: Tune in thedesiredstation. PresstheSETpushbutton. Within 5 seconds,pressany two adjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime. (Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.) Clock To set the clock, just: PushtheSETpushbutton. Within 5 seconds,pressandholdSEEKuntilthecorrectminuteappears onthedisplay. PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay. Adjust The Tone Use theleversintheupperleftcorner to setthebass,midrange,andtreble 60 and 250 leversadjustthebass; until you getthesoundyouwant.The is midrange;and 3.5K and 10K controlthetreble. We suggestyoustartwiththecenterlever movetheothersupuntilyougettheamount 3-1 7 (IK) in themidpointposition,then of bassandtrebleyoulike. 1K Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Am-St Button TheAm-Stis justbelowthe PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune to an AM stationthatbroadcastsinstereo. YourSTEREOlight will comeonwhen it you’rereceiving AM stereo.IfyoupushAm-Standthereisnomorenoise, meansthestationisweak.You’llhearthestationbetter if youdon’tuse to deletestereo. Am-St.JustpushtheAm-Stbuttonagain LOUD Theloudnessbuttonisnext sound. to the PWR button.Push it togetmorebass DNP Your audio systemhasautomaticDynamicNoiseReduction.Ithelpsremove backgroundhissnoisefromtheradioortapeplayer. DNR@isaregisteredtrademark of theNationalSemiconductorCorporation. To Play A Cassette Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are 30 to 45 minutes longoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthat are so thin they maynotworkwell in this player. Oncethetapeisplaying,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolume,balance andfade,justasyou did forradio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside of the tape is beingplayed. Cr02 The Cr02 button lets yousetthesystemforthetype of cassettebeingused. If youareusingchromeormetaltapes,pushthe Cr02 buttonin. FWD (Forward) To rapidlyadvancethetape,press FWD, andthetapewillrapidlygoforward until youpressthe REV buttonlightly. REV (Reverse) To rapidlyreversethetape,pressREV,andthetapewillrapidlyreverseuntil youpressthe W D button lightly. SEARCH PushtheSEARCHbutton to theright.(The ON lightwillcomeon.) Push FWD to go to the beginning of thenextselection. PushREVwiththeSEARCH ON light lit, andthetapewillreverse beginning of the current selection. 3-1 8 to the PROGRAM To gofromonesideofthetape to theother,presstheupperknob. EJECT To removethetapeorstopthetapeandswitchtoradio,pressthe button. EJECT A tapeplayerthatisnotcleanedregularlycancausereducedsoundquality, ruinedcassettes, or a damagedmechanism.Cassettetapesshouldbestored If in theircasesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight,andextremeheat. they aren't, they may not operate properly or cause failure of thetapeplayer. 15 Your tapeplayershouldbecleanedregularlyeachmonthorafterevery hours ofuse. If younoticeareduction in soundquality, try aknowngood If this other cassette cassette to seeifthetapeorthetapeplayerisatfault. hasnoimprovement in soundquality,cleanthetapeplayer. Cleanyourcassettetapeplayerwithawiping-action,non-abrasivecleaning it. cassette,andfollowthedirectionsprovidedwith Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time. Alwaysmakesurethatthecassettetape is in good condition before you have your tape player serviced. 3-1 9 Comfort Controls & Audio Systems How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System KO596 This part tells youhowyourETR@ AM-FM stereosystemworks: P WR (Power) ThePWR buttonswitchestheradioonand off when theignitionison. Upper Knob Theupperknobdoesthesetwothings: Itcontrolsthevolume.VolumewillincreasewhentheVOLknob is turnedclockwiseanddecreasewhenturnedcounterclockwise.Volumewill bedisplayedbrieflyunlessthe LeWRightspeakercontrol,Rear/Front speaker control, BASS or TREB are adjusted. It controlsthemutefeature. By pressingthe MUTE knob, allsoundfrom theradioor CD playerstops.Bypressingtheknobagain,orbyturning theVOLknobclockwise,soundwillbeginagain. LeWRight Speaker Control Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyoutobalancethesoundbetween therightandleftspeakers.Balancewillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthis control. Lower Knob Thelowerknobdoesthesetwothings: It enablesyou to tune in differentradiostationsbyturningtheknob clockwise or counterclockwise. 3-20 It enablesyoutoalternatebetween AM and FM stationsbypressingthe BANDknob. Your selectionwillbebrieflydisplayed. RearIFront Speaker Control The control behind the lower knob fades the sound between your front and will be brieflydisplayed. rearspeakers.Fadelevels SEEK Pressing the SEEK b button will cause the receiver stationandstop. to seekthenexthigher Pressingthe 4 SEEKbuttonwillcausethereceiver stationandstop. to seekthenextlower SCAN WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowill go tothenextstationandpause,and SC willbedisplayedwhen willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain. usingthiscontrol. Pushbuttons Thefivepushbuttonsletyoureturn whenyouplayadisc.(See“ToPlay To setthepushbuttonsforup to favoritestations.Theyarealsoused A CompactDisc”.) to tenfavoritestations (5 AM and 5 FM): Tuneinthedesiredstation. * Pushthe SET button.(SETisdisplayedbriefly.) Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation. Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn. Clock To settheclock,just: off. Within 5 seconds,pressandholdeitherSEEK b toincreasetheminutesor 4 SEEKtodecreasetheminutesuntilthecorrectminute appearsonthedisplay. PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay. PresstheSETpushbutton. The radiomaybeonor RCL PresstheRCLbutton to alternatebetweentimeandradiostationonthe off toseethetime. display.RCLmaybepressedwhentheignitionis 3-21 BASS PresstheBASS A toincreasebasstonesand V BASStodecreasebass tones.Pressthecenter of thecontrolforapresetBASSposition.Thebass levelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol. TREBLE Press the TREB A to increase the treble tones and V TREB to decrease thetrebletones.Pressthecenter ofthecontrolforapresetTREBposition. Thetreblelevelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol. To PIay A Compact Disc (CD): NOTICE Insertadiscpartwayintotheslot,labelsideup.Theplayerwillpull Wait a fewsecondsandthediscshouldplay. it in. If the disc comes back out, check whether: 0 Thediscisupsidedown. It isdirty,scratched,orwet. Too muchmoistureisin again.) , (Ifthereis,waitaboutonehour the! air. and try RCL Press RCL toseewhattrackisplaying.Press it againwithin 5 secondsto seehowlong it hasbeenplaying.Thetracknumberalsoappearswhenyou changethevolumeorwhenanewtrackstartstoplay. COMP Pressthe COMP buttontomake soft andloudpassagesmorenearlyequal involume. COMP appearsinthedisplaywhileusingthiscommand. RDM TheRDMbuttonmeansrandomandwhen it ispressed, it causesthe CD mechanism to playthetracksinarandomorderratherthaninthesequential 1, 2, 3 order. 3-22 REV Pressand hold the REV button to quicklyreturn to afavoritepassage.The counterreadingwillbedisplayed when using this control. FWD Press and hold the button to advancequicklywithinatrack.Release to resumeplaying.Watchthedisplay to stopataspecificpassage. it SCAN PressSCAN to sampleeachtrackforapproximately 10 seconds.Scanning willcontinueuntilthe RDM, SCANor anyothermotionbuttonispressed again. PREV If you hold the PREV (4 SEEK)button, or press it morethanonce,thedisc will return to previoustracks. NEXT PressNEXT(SEEK b) to hear thenexttracknowinstead of waitinguntilthe presenttrack is finished. If you hold this button or press it morethanonce, thediscwilladvancefurther. ST-PL PressST-PL(Stop-Play) to makethediscstopandtheradioplay.Press ST-PL again to restartthediscatthepointwhere it stopped. Press PWR or turn theignitionkey off to stopthediscplayer.Thediscstays in theplayerandwillresumeplayingatthepointwhere it stopped. PressEJECT to eject the discandmaketheradioplay.Thediscwillstartat tract 1 whenyoureinsert it. Anti-Theft Feature Delco LOC ll@is anAnti-Theftfeaturefor the compactdiscplayer.Itcanbe If it isused,your usedorignored.Ifignored,thesystemplaysnormally. player won’t beusable if it iseverstolen,because it won’t turn on. Theinstructionsbelow tell youhow to enterasecretcodeintothesystem. yourcarlosesbatterypowerforanyreason,youmustunlockthesystemwith thesecretcodebeforetheradiowill turn on. To Lock The System: 1. Writedownany 6 digitnumberandkeep it in asafeplace. 2.Turn the ignition to the“Accessory”or“Run”position. 3. Pressthe PWR button to turntheradio 3-23 off. If Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems 4. Pressthe 1 and 4 buttonstogether. Hold themdownuntil “- - -” shows onthedisplay. Youarenowready to enteryoursecretcode.Don’twaitmorethan secondsbetween steps. 15 5. Press SET and 000 willappearonthedisplay. 6. PresstheSEEK b buttontomakethefirstnumberappear. 7. RotatetheTUNEknobrightorlefttomakethelasttwonumbersagree with your code. 8. PressBANDand 000 willappearagain.Nowyouarereadytoenterthe last three digits ofyourcode. 9.Repeatsteps 6 and 7 forthelastthreedigits IO. PressBANDandrEPwillappearfor ofyourcode. 5 secondsandthen 000 will appear. 11. Repeatsteps6through theradioissecure. 10. ThistimeSECwillappear-indicatingthat To Unlock The System Afier A Power Loss Whenbatterypowerisreapplied to asecuredradio,theradiowon’t andLOCwillappearonthedisplay. Enteryoursecretcodeasfollows:pausenomorethan steps. turn on 15 secondsbetween 1. Turn theignition on.(Radio off.) 2. DepresstheSETbutton.Thedisplaywillshow 000. 3. Enterthe six digits of thecodefollowingsteps6-9above.Thedisplay willshowthenumbersasentered. 4. DepresstheBANDknobandthetimeappears-indicatingthatthe disablingsequencewassuccessful. If thedisplayindicatesSEC,the numbersdidnotmatchandtheunitisstillsecured. Disabling The Theft System 1. Depresspresets 1 and 4 for 5 secondswithignitiononandradiopower off. ThedisplaywillshowSEC,indicatingtheunit 2. DepresstheSETbutton.Thedisplaywillshow 3. Enterthefirstthreedigits is in thesecuremode. 000. of thecodefollowingsteps 6 and 7 of the precedingparagraphs.Thedisplaywill show thenumbersasentered. 3-24 4. DepresstheBANDknob.Theradiowilldisplay 5. Enterthesecondthreedigits numbersasentered. 000. ofthecode.Thedisplaywillshowthe "- - 6. DepresstheBANDknob. If thedisplayshows -", thedisabling sequencewassuccessful.Thenumbersmatchedtheuser-selectedcode If orthefactoryback-upcodeandtheunitisintheUNSECUREDmode. thedisplayshows SEC, thedisablingsequencewasunsuccessfuland of thecodes a n d . the .unit will rema-in thenumbersdidnotmatcheither intheSECUREDmode. Care of Your Compact Disc KO557 Handlediscscarefully.Storethem in theiroriginalcasesorotherprotective If thesurface of adiscis casesandawayfromdirectsunlightanddust. soiled,dampenaclean,softclothinamild,neutraldetergentsolutionand clean it, wiping from the center to theedge. Besurenevertotouchthesignalsurfacewhenhandlingdiscs.Pickupdiscs of the hole and the outer edge. bygraspingtheouteredgesortheedge 3-25 Comfort Controls & Audio Systems Fixed Mast Antenna Thefixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithout being damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraighten out by hand. If themast is badlybent,asitmightbebyvandals,youshould replaceit. Checkeveryonce fender. in awhile to besurethemastis L 3-26 still tiahtened to the it Your Driving and the Road . Section Hereyou’llfindinformationaboutdrivingondifferentkinds ofroads and in varying weather conditions . We’ve also included many other useful tips on driving. Road Signs ............................................................................................................ 4-2 Defensive Driving .................................................................................................. 4-8 4-9 Drunken Driving ..................................................................................................... 4-12 Control of a Vehicle ............................................................................................ 4-12 Braking.............................................................................................................. Steering Tips .................................................................................................... 4-18 Steering in Emergencies................................................................................. 4-18 4-20 Passing ............................................................................................................. Loss of Control ................................................................................................ 4-22 Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle ....................................4-23 4-34 Driving at Night ................................................................................................... Driving in the Rain.............................................................................................. 4-37 4-39 Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze .......................................................................... 4-41 City Driving .......................................................................................................... 4-42 Freeway Driving................................................................................................... Driving a Long Distance ..................................................................................... 4-44 4-46 Hill and Mountain Roads .................................................................................... 4-48 Parking on Hills ................................................................................................... 4-51 Winter Driving ...................................................................................................... Recreational Vehicle Towing (Four-wheel Drive Only) .................................... 4-54 Towing a Trailer ................................................................................................... 4-56 4-1 Your Driving and the Road Road Signs Theroadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbols. It's agoodidea to knowthesecodes so that you can quickly grasp the basic meaningorintent of thesignevenbeforeyouhaveachance to read it. .-. .. Color of Road Signs mM402001 REDmeans S-IP. It may alsoindicatethatsomemovement Examplesare DO NOT ENTERandWRONG WAY. is notallowed. YELLOWindicatesageneralwarning.Slowdownandbecarefulwhenyou seeayellowsign.Itmaysignalarailroadcrossingahead,ano-passing zone, or someotherpotentiallydangeroussituation.Likewise,ayellowsolid linepaintedontheroadmeans"Don't Cross." , - .. , . .. . . r I - . c- i 4-2 AM402003 ORANGEindicatesroadconstructionormaintenance.You’llwant to slow of theroadmaybeclosed off downwhenyouseeanorangesign,aspart ortornup,Andtheremaybeworkersandmaintenancevehiclesaround,too. GREENisused to guidethedriver.Greensignsmayindicateupcoming freewayexitsorshowthedirectionyoushouldturntoreachaparticular place. IBLUE signswithwhitelettersshowmotorists’services. 4-3 - - - Your Driving and the Road - I AM402006 or points of historic or cultural BROWN signs point out recreation areas interest. Shape of Road Signs Theshape of the sign will tell yousomething,too. AM402007 AnOCTAGONAL (eight-sided)signmeans STOP. I t isalwaysredwithwhite letters. ADIAMOND-shapedsignisawarning of somethingahead-forexample, end of a divided highway,acurve,steep hill, soft shoulder, oranarrow bridge. 4-4 the AM402009 ATRIANGLE pointed downward,indicatesYIELD. to trafficoncertainapproachestoanintersection. ATRIANGULARsignalsoisusedon PASSINGZONE. Thissignwillbe It assignstheright-of-way two-laneroads to indicateaNO on theleftside of theroadway. . ~.~ AM40201 1 RECTANGULAR (square or oblong)signsshowspeedlimits,parking to cities. regulations,givedirections,andsuchinformationasdistances 4-5 Your Driving and the Road Symbols on Road Signs Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns in usetoday. I AM40201 2 Thebasicmessage of many of thesesigns is in picturesorgraphicsymbols. A picture within a circle with a Cliagonal lineacross it showswhat NOT to do. r I AM40201 3 Traffic Lights I AM40201 4 We’re allfamiliarwithtrafficlightsorstoplights.Often,greenarrows are being used in thelightsforimprovedtrafficcontrol.Onsomemultilaneroads,green arrowslightup,indicatingthattrafficinone ormorelanes can moveormake You’ll stillneed to aturn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean“gonomatterwhat”. proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright of wayto pedestriansandsometimes toothervehicles. 4-6 Sometrafficlightsalsouseredarrows turningonred. to signifythatyoumuststopbefore Manycityroadsandexpressways,andevenbridges,usereversible-lane A red X lightabove a lanemeansnodriving trafficcontrolduringrushhours. in thatlaneatthattime.Agreenarrowmeansyou may drive in thatlane. Lookforthesignsposted to warndriverswhathoursanddaysthese systemsare in effect. AM402015 Pavement Markings AM402016 Pavementmarkingsadd to trafficsignsandsignals.Theygiveinformation to drivers without taking attention from the roadway. A solid yellow line onyour side of theroad or lane means“don’tcross.” Your Own Signals Driverssignal to others,too.It’snotonlymorepolite,it’ssafer to letother driversknowwhatyouaredoing.And in someplaces the lawrequiresdriver signals. - 4-7 Your Driving and the Road c. -. .. . Turnandlanechangesignals:Alwayssignalwhenyouplantoturnor changelanes. If necessary,youcanusehandsignalsoutthewindow:Leftarmstraightout for a left turn, down for slow or about-to-stop, and upforarightturn. Slowingdown: If timeallows,tapthebrakepedalonceortwice of slowing orstopping.Thiswarnsthedriverbehindyou. in advance Disabled: Your four-way flashers signal that your vehicle is disabled hazard.See“HazardWarningFlasher’’ in theIndex. or is a Traffic Officer The traffic police officer is also a source of important information. The officer’s signalsgovern,nomatterwhatthetrafficlightsorothersignssay. Thenextpartdiscussessome of theroadconditionsyoumayencounter. Defensive Driving Thebestadviceanyonecangiveaboutdrivingis:Drivedefensively. Please start with a very important safety device (See“SafetyBelts” in the Index.) in yourvehicle:Buckleup. Defensivedrivingreallymeans“bereadyforanything.”Oncitystreets,rural roads,orfreeways, it means“alwaysexpecttheunexpected.” Assumethatpedestriansorotherdriversaregoing to be careless and make do. Bereadyfortheirmistakes. mistakes. Anticipate what they might Expectchildren to dashoutfrombehindparkedcars,oftenfollowedbyother children.Expectoccupantsinparkedcars to opendoorsintotraffic.Watchfor movement in parkedcars-someonemaybeabouttoopenadoor. Expectotherdrivers to runstopsigns.whenyouareonathroughstreet.Be ready to brake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections.Youmaynot do, you will be ready. have to usethebrake,butifyou If you’re driving through a shopping center parking lot wherethereare well-markedlanes,directionalarrows,anddesignatedparkingareas,expect some drivers to ignore all thesemarkingsanddashstraighttowardonepart of the lot. Pedestrianscanbecareless.Watchforthem.Ingeneral,youmustgiveway topedestrianseven if youknowyouhavetherightofway. Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable ofaccidents.Yettheyare common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensivedriving 4-8 maneuver,inbothcityandruraldriving.Youneverknowwhenthevehiclein front ofyou isgoing to brakeorturnsuddenly. Here’safinalbitofinformationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous U.S. is veryearlyonSundaymorning.Infact, GM timefordrivinginthe Research studies show that the most and the least dangerous times for driving,everyweek,fallonthesame day. ThatdayisSunday.Themost dangeroustimeisSundayfrom3a.m.to4 a.m. ThesafesttimeisSunday 3 a.m. from 10 a.m.to 11 a.m.DrivingthesamedistanceonaSundayat isn’tjusta little moredangerousthan it isat 10 a.m. It’sabout134times moredangerous!Thatleadstothenextpart. Drunken Driving Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinkinganddrivingisanationaltragedy.It’s thenumberonecontributortothehighwaydeathtoll,claimingthousands victimseveryyear.Alcoholtakesawaythreethingsthatanyoneneedsto drive a vehicle: of Judgment 0 MuscularCoordination Vision Policerecordsshowthathalf of allmotorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve alcohol-adriver, apassengerorsomeoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had beendrinking.Inmostcases,thesedeathsaretheresult of someonewho 25,000 motorvehicle-relateddeathsoccur wasdrinkinganddriving.Over of peopleareinjured. eachyearbecauseofalcohol,andthousands if apersonplanstodrive?Ideally,no Justhowmuchalcoholistoomuch if onedoes,thenwhat’s“too oneshoulddrinkalcoholandthendrive.But it dependsoneach much’’can bealotlessthanmanymightthink.Although personandsituation,hereissomegeneralinformationontheproblem. TheBloodAlcoholContent(BAC)ofsomeonewhoisdrinkingdependsupon four things: Howmuchalcohol is inthedrink. Thedrinker’sbodyweight. Theamountoffoodthatisconsumedbeforeandduringdrinking. Thelength of timeithastakenthedrinkertoconsumethealcohol. 4-9 Your Driving and the Road . . . I . i . . .- t AM407001 I f AM407002 According to theAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person who drinksthree12-ounce (355 ml) bottles ofbeer in anhourwillendup witha BACofabout 0.06 percent.ThepersonwouldreachthesameBAC threemixeddrinks bydrinkingthree4-ounce (120ml) glassesofwineor eachhad 1 4 2 ounces (45 ml) of aliquorlike whiskey,ginorvodka. if if thesamepersondrank It's theamount of alcoholthatcounts.Forexample, the threedoublemartinis (3 ouncesor 90 ml of liquoreach)withinanhour, food person'sBAC would beclose to 0.12 percent.Apersonwhoconsumes justbefore or duringdrinkingwillhaveaslightlylower BAC level. . .. . .. . . - -. - . - 4-1 0 Thelaw in most US. statessetsthelegallimitata BACof 0.10 percent. In Canada the limit is 0.08 percent,and in someothercountriesit’slowerthan that.The BAC willbeover 0.10 percentafterthree to sixdrinks(inone it d’ependsonhowmuch’alcohol is in the hour). Of course,aswe’veseen, drinks,andhowquicklythepersondrinksthem. “I’ll becareful’’isn’tthe right.answer.What if there’sanemergency,aneed. to takesuddenaction,aswhenachilddartsintothestreet?Apersonwitha higherBACmightnotbeable to reactquicklyenough to avoid thecollision. There’ssomethingelseaboutdrinkinganddrivingthatmanypeopledon’t know. Medicalresearchshowsthatalcohol in aperson’ssystemcanmake crash injuries worse. That’s .especially true for brain, spinal cord. and heart injuries.Thatmeansthat if anyonewhohasbeendrinking-driveror passenger-is in a. crash,thechance of being killed or permanentlydisabled ishigherthan if thatpersonhadnotbeendrinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen thatthechance of acrashitselfishigherfordrinkingdrivers. 1 CAUTION - i Drinkingandthendrivingis verydangerous.Yourreflexes,percepof altotions,andjudgmentwillbeaffected byevenasmallamount ’- ’. You couldhaveaserious-orevenfatal-accident if you drive anerdrinking.Pleasedon’tdrinkanddriveorridewithadriverwho has beendrinking.Ridehome in acab;or if you’rewithagroup, designate driver a who will not drink. - I 4-1 1- Your Driving and the Road Control of a Vehicle AM409005 You havethreesystemsthatmakeyourvehiclegowhereyouwant it togo. Theyarethebrakes,thesteeringandtheaccelerator.Allthreesystemshave to do their workat theplaceswherethetiresmeettheroad. to askmoreof Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingonsnoworice,it’seasy thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou can lose control of yourvehicle. Braking Brakingactioninvolvesperceptiontimeandreactiontime. First,youhave to decidetopushonthebrakepedal.That’sperception time.Thenyouhavetobringupyourfootanddoit.That’sreactiontime. Averagereactiontime is about 314 of asecond.Butthat’sonlyanaverage. I t mightbelesswith one driverandaslong astwoorthreesecondsor morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination,and in 3/4 eyesight all playapart. So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven of asecond,avehiclemovingat 60 mph (100 km/h)travels 66 feet (20 m). That could bea lot of distance in anemergency, so keepingenoughspace betweenyourvehicleandothers is important. And, of course, actualstoppingdistancesvarygreatlywiththesurface road(whetherit’spavementorgravel);theconditionoftheroad(wet, icy);tiretread;andthecondition ofyourbrakes. of the dry, Mostdriverstreattheirbrakeswithcare.Some,however,overworkthe brakingsystemwithpoordrivinghabits. Avoidneedlessheavybraking.Somepeopledrive in spurts-heavy accelerationfollowedbyheavy braking-rather thankeepingpacewith to cool traffic. This is amistake.Yourbrakesmaynothavetime if you do a betweenhardstops. Your brakeswillwearoutmuchfaster lot ofheavybraking. Don’t“ride”thebrakesby pedalwhiledriving. I letting yourleftfootrestlightly on thebrake “Riding”yourbrakescancausethem to overheat to the point that theywon’tworkwell.Youmightnotbe abletostopyourvehicle in so time to avoidanaccident. If you“ride”yourbrakes,theywillget hottheywillrequirealot of pedalforce to slowyoudown.Avoid “riding”thebrakes. NOTICE 4-1 3 - Your Driving and the Road Ifyoukeeppacewiththetrafficandallowrealisticfollowingdistances,you willeliminatea lot ofunnecessarybraking.Thatmeansbetterbrakingand longerbrakelife. a If yourengineever stops whileyou’redriving,brakenormallybutdon’t pumpyour brakes. Ifyou do, thepedal maygetharder to pushdown.If yourenginestops,youwillstillhavesomepowerbrakeassist.Butyou is usedup, it may willuse it whenyoubrake.Oncethepowerassist to push. takelonger to stop andthebrakepedalwillbeharder E Antilock Brakes (ABS) Your vehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsysremthatcanhelpyou keep it undercontrol. I AM415003 Here’showantilockworks.Let’ssaytheroad is wet.You’re drivingsafely. Suddenlyananimaljumpsout in front ofyou. Youslamon thebrakes.Here’swhathappenswith ABS. A computersensesthatarearwheel is slowing down.Thecomputerworks thebrakes at therearwheels. It is programmed to makethemostof availabletireandroadconditions. 4-1 4 t 1 AM41 5013 As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdates speed-and controlsbrakingpressureaccordingly. antilock on rearwheel Antilock doesn't change the time you need to get your foot u8pto the brake pedal. If you get too clloise to the vehicle in front of you, you won? have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops.Always leave enough room ulp ahead to stop,even thouglh you have I To Use Antilock Userearwheelantilocklikeregularbrakes. Youmay feelthebrakesvibrate, oryoumaynoticesomenoiseoutsideyourvehicle,butthisisnormal.Let antilockworkforyou,butremember: Your frontwheelscan still stoprolling. If thathappens,releaseenoughpressureonthebrakes to getthewheels rollingagain so thatyoucansteer. Withthefour-wheeldriveoptionyouwon'thaveantilockbrakingwhenyou shiftintofour-wheeldrive.Butyouwillhaveregularbraking.Whenyoushift backintotwo-wheeldrive,youwillhaveantilockagain. 4-1 5 Your Driving and the Road Brake System Warning Light Standard Cluster Digital Cluster This light appears on your instrument cluster to warnyou if your regular brakingsystemneedsservice. If yourvehiclehasrearwheelantilockbrakes, thislightwill also warn youabouttrouble in thatsystem. It willalsolight if yourparkingbrakeisnotfullydisengaged.SeetheIndexunder“Brake SystemWarningLight.” Disc Brake Wear Indicators Your vehiclehasfrontdiscbrakesandrear drumbrakes.Discbrakepads havebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitchedwarningsoundwhen thebrakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded.Thesoundmaycome and goorbeheardallthetimeyourvehicleismoving(exceptwhenyouare pushingonthebrakepedalfirmly). Thebrakewearwarningsoundmeansthatsoonerorlateryour brakeswon’tworkwell.Thatcouldlead to anaccident.Whenyo hearthebrakewearwarningsound,haveyourvehicleserviced. I NOTICE >ontinuing ti epair. e with worn-out bra1 could sult in lstly brake Somedrivingconditionsorclimatesmaycauseabrakesquealwhenthe brakesarefirstappliedorlightlyapplied.Thisdoesnotmeansomethingis wrongwithyourbrakes. Rear Drum Brakes Yourreardrumbrakesdon’thavethewearindicators,butifyoueverheara rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakeliningsinspected.Also,therear brakedrumsshouldberemovedandinspectedeachtimethetiresare removedforrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced, havetherearbrakesinspected,too. Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets. Brake Pedal Travel Seeyourdealer if thebrakepedaldoesnotreturntonormalheight,orif thereisarapidincreaseinpedaltravel.Thiscouldbeasign of brake trouble. Brake Adjustment Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakes adjust for wear. If your brakepedalgoesdownfartherthannormal,yourreardrumbrakesmayneed adjustment.Adjustthembybackingupandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew times. Braking In Emergencies At some time, nearly every driver gets into a situation that requires hard braking. You havetherearwheelantilockbrakingsystem. Your frontwheels canstoprollingwhenyoubrakeveryhard.Oncetheydo,thevehiclecan’t it in whateverdirection it was respondtoyoursteering.Momentumwillcarry headedwhenthefrontwheelsstoppedrolling.Thatcouldbeofftheroad, into the very thing you were trying to avoid,or into traffic. So, usea“squeeze”brakingtechnique.Thiswillgiveyoumaximumbraking whilemaintainingsteeringcontrol. Youdo this by pushingonthebrakepedal withsteadilyincreasingpressure.Whenyoudo, it willhelpmaintainsteering control.Inmanyemergencies,steeringcanhelpyoumorethaneventhevery bestbraking. Steering Power Steering If youlosepowersteeringassistbecausetheenginestopsorthesystem it willtakemuchmoreeffort. failstofunction,youcansteerbut 4-1 7 Your Driving and the Road Steering Tips Driving on Curves It’simportant to takecurvesatareasonablespeed. A lot of the“driverlostcontrol”accidentsmentionedonthenewshappenon curves.Here’swhy: Experienceddriverorbeginner,each ofus is subject to thesamelawsof physics when driving on curves. The traction of thetiresagainsttheroad surfacemakesitpossibleforthevehicle to changeitspathwhenyou turn thefront wheels. If there’snotraction,inertia will keepthevehiclegoing in the same direction. If you’veevertriedtosteeravehicleonwetice,you’ll understandthis. Thetractionyoucanget in acurvedependsontheconditionofyourtires andtheroadsurface,theangleat which thecurveisbanked,andyour speed.Whileyou’re in acurve,speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol. Supposeyou’resteeringthroughasharpcurve.Thenyousuddenlyapplythe brakes.Bothcontrolsystems-steeringandbraking-have to dotheirwork wherethetiresmeettheroad.Addingthehardbrakingcandemand too muchatthoseplaces. You canlosecontrol.The same thingcanhappen if you’resteeringthroughasharpcurveandyousuddenlyaccelerate.Those twocontrol systems-steeringandacceleration-canoverwhelmthose places wherethetiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulosecontrol. Whatshouldyou do if thiseverhappens?Letuponthebrakeoraccelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the wayyouwant it to go, andslowdown. Speedlimitsignsnearcurveswarnthatyoushouldadjustyourspeed.Of course,thepostedspeedsarebasedongoodweatherandroadconditions. Under less favorable conditions you’ll want to goslower. If youneed to reduceyourspeedasyouapproachacurve, do it beforeyou enter the curve, while your front wheels are straight ahead. Try to adjust your speed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintainareasonable,steady speed.Wait to accelerateuntilyouareout of thecurve,andthenaccelerate gently into thestraightaway. Whenyoudriveintoacurveatnight,it’sharder youbecauseitbendsawayfromthestraightbeams one good reason to drive slower. to seetheroadahead of ofyourlights. This is Steering in Emergencies Therearetimeswhensteeringcanbemoreeffectivethanbraking.For example,youcomeovera hill andfindatruckstoppedin yourlane,ora 4-1 % carsuddenly pulls outfromnowhere,ora child dartsoutfrombetween parkedcarsandstopsright in front ofyou.You canavoidtheseproblemsby braking-if youcanstop in time.Butsometimesyoucan’t;thereisn’troom. That’sthetimeforevasiveaction-steeringaroundtheproblem. Your vehiclecanperformverywell in emergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour brakes,butnotenough to lockyourfrontwheels. It is better to removeasmuchspeedasyoucanfromapossiblecollision. Thensteeraroundtheproblem, to theleft or rightdependingonthespace available. KO444 Anemergencylikethisrequirescloseattentionandaquickdecision.Ifyou 9 and 3 o’clockpositions, are holdingthesteeringwheelattherecommended youcan turn it a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand. Butyouhave to act fast, steer quickly, and just as quickly straighten the wheelonceyouhaveavoidedtheobject. Youmustthenbepreparedtosteer back to youroriginal lane andthenbrake to acontrolledstop. Dependingonyourspeed,thiscanberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver. Thisisone of thereasonsdrivingexpertsrecommendthatyouuseyour safetybeltsandkeep both handson the steering wheel. Thefactthatsuchemergencysituationsarealwayspossible to practicedefensivedrivingat all times. Off-Road Recovery Youmay find sometimethatyourrightwheelshavedropped a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving. is agoodreason off theedge of Your Driving and the Road AM428003 If thelevel of theshoulderisonlyslightlybelowthepavement,recovery if thereisnothingin shouldbefairlyeasy.Easeofftheacceleratorandthen, ofthepavement.You theway,steer so thatyourvehiclestraddlestheedge 114 turnuntiltherightfronttirecontacts canturnthesteeringwheelupto thepavementedge.Thenturnyoursteeringwheeltogostraightdownthe roadway. If theshoulderappears to beaboutfourinches (100 mm)ormorebelowthe If thereisnotenoughroomto pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems. pullentirelyontotheshoulderandstop,thenfollowthesameprocedures.But if therighttirescrubsagainstthesideofthepavement,doNOTsteermore sharply.Withtoomuchsteeringangle,thevehiclemayjumpbackontothe roadwith so muchsteeringinputthat it crossesoverintotheoncomingtraffic off againonthe beforeyoucanbringitbackundercontrol.Instead,ease try acceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethepavementoncemore,then again. Passing Thedriver of avehicleabouttopassanotheronatwo-lanehighwaywaits forjusttherightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then A simplemaneuver? goesbackintotherightlaneagain. Not necessarily!Passinganothervehicleonatwo-lanehighwayisa potentiallydangerousmove,sincethepassingvehicleoccupiesthesamelane A miscalculation,anerrorin asoncomingtrafficforseveralseconds. judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of alltrafficaccidents-thehead-on collision. 4-20 So herearesometipsforpassing: “Driveahead.”Lookdowntheroad,tothesides,andtocrossroadsfor If youhaveanydoubt situationsthatmightaffectyourpassingpatterns. whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime. e Watchfortrafficsigns,pavementmarkings,andlines. If youcanseea signupaheadthatmightindicateaturnoranintersection,delayyour to pass pass. A brokencenterlineusually.indicatesit’sallright (providingtheroadaheadisclear).Nevercrossasolidlineonyourside if theroadseemsempty of ofthelaneoradoublesolidline,even approaching traffic. e If you suspect that the driver of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware of yourpresence,tapthehornacoupleoftimesbeforepassing. e Do notget too close to the vehicle you wanttopasswhileyou’re awaitinganopportunity. For onething,followingtoocloselyreducesyour Also, you area of vision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle. slows orstops. won’thaveadequatespaceifthevehicleaheadsuddenly Keepback a reasonabledistance. e Whenitlookslikeachance to passiscomingup,starttoaccelerate but stay in the right lane and don’t get too close. Time your move youwillbeincreasingspeedasthetimecomestomoveintotheother lane. If thewayiscleartopass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that morethanmakesupforthedistanceyouwouldlosebydroppingback. And ifsomethinghappens to causeyoutocancelyourpass,youneed only slow downanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity. e If othercarsarelineduptopassaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttryingtopassyouasyoupullouttopass theslowvehicle.Remembertoglanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe blindspot. e Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyourleftlane changesignalbeforemovingout of therightlanetopass.Whenyou arefarenoughahead of thepassedvehicletoseeitsfrontinyour insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto if yourrightoutsidemirrorisconvex,the therightlane.(Rememberthat vehicleyoujustpassedmayseemtobefurtherawayfromyouthan reallyis.) e Trynottopassmorethanonevehicleat Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle. 4-21 a time on two-laneroads. so it Your Driving and the Road Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicletoorapidly.Eventhoughthe brakelightsarenotflashing,it maybeslowingdown orstartingtoturn. Ifyou’rebeingpassed,makeiteasyforthefollowingdrivertogetahead ofyou.Perhapsyoucanease alittletotheright. Loss of Control Let’sreviewwhatdrivingexpertssayaboutwhathappenswhenthethree controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction wherethetiresmeettheroad to do what thedriverhasasked. In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptrying escaperouteorareaoflessdanger. to steer,andconstantlyseekan Skidding In askid,adrivercanlosecontrol of thevehicle.Defensivedriversavoid mostskidsbytakingreasonablecaresuitedtoexistingconditions,andbynot “overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskidsarealwayspossible. The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems. Inthebrakingskid, yourwheelsaren’trolling. In thesteering or cornering skid,toomuchspeedorsteeringinacurvecausestirestoslipandlose corneringforce.And in theaccelerationskid,toomuchthrottlecauses the driving wheels to spin. A corneringskidand an accelerationskidarebesthandled byeasingyour footofftheacceleratorpedal.Ifyourvehiclestarts to slide(aswhenyouturn off the acorneronawet,snow-orice-coveredroad),easeyourfoot accelerator pedal as soon as you feel the tires start to slide.Quicklysteer the wayyouwant thevehicletogo. Ifyoustartsteeringquicklyenough,your vehiclewillstraightenout. As it does, straightenthefront wheels. Ofcourse, traction is reducedwhenwater,snow, ice,gravel,orothermaterial isontheroad.Forsafety,you’llwant to slowdownandadjustyourdriving theseconditions. It isimportant to slowdownonslipperysurfacesbecause stoppingdistancewillbelongerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited. to Whiledrivingonasurfacewithreducedtraction,tryyourbest to avoid suddensteering,acceleration,orbraking(includingenginebraking by shifting to alowergear). Anysuddenmove could causethetires to slide. Youmay notrealizethesurfaceisslipperyuntilyourvehicle is skidding.Learn to recognizewarningclues-suchasenoughwater, ice orpackedsnowonthe roadto make a “mirrored surface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany doubt. 4-22 Remember:Therearwheelantilockbrakingsystem(RWAL)helpsavoidonly a rearbrakingskid.Inabrakingskid(wherethefrontwheelsarenolonger rolling),releaseenoughpressureonthebrakestoget the frontwheelsrolling again.Thisrestoressteeringcontrol.Pushthebrakepedaldownsteadily whenyouhavetostopsuddenly.Aslongasthefrontwheelsarerolling,you willhavesteeringcontrol.Steerthewayyouwanttogo. Off-Road Driving with Your FoutNVheel Drive Vehick Thisoff-roadguideisforvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.Also,see “AntilockBrakes’’ in theIndex. If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive, youshouldn’tdriveoff-roadunlessyou’reonalevel,solidsurface. Off-roaddrivingcan be greatfun.Butitdoeshavesomedefinitehazards. Thegreatest of theseistheterrainitself. “Off-roading”meansyou’veleftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind. Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Curvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns. Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphillordownhill.Inshort,you’vegoneright backtonature. Off-roaddrivinginvolvessomenewskills.Andthat’s whyit’sveryimportant that you readthisguide.You’llfindmanydrivingtipsandsuggestions.These willhelpmakeyouroff-roaddrivingsaferandmoreenjoyable. Before You Go Off-Roading Therearesomethingstodobefore you gooutiForexample,besureto haveallnecessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall Is there theinformationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicleinthismanual. enoughfuel? Is thesparetirefullyinflated?Arethefluidlevelsupwhere theyshouldbe?Whatarethelocallawsthatapply to off-roadingwhereyou’ll bedriving? If youdon’tknow,youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople If so, be suretogetthe in thearea.Willyou be onsomeone’sprivateland? necessary permission. Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving Therearesomeimportantthings vehicle. to rememberabouthow to loadyour Theheaviestthingsshouldbeontheloadfloorandforward axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan. ofyourrear Besuretheload is securedproperly, so drivingontheoff-roadterrain doesn’t toss things around. 4-23 Your Driving and the Road J I I\ Cargoonthe load floor piled higherthantheseatbackscanbe b thrownforwardduringasuddenstop. Youoryour passengers ..* beinjured.Keepcargobelowthetop of theseatbacks. ..&- could r* E==:.,.% ---I:Unsecuredcargoontheloadfloorcanbetossedaboutwhen . @;!_%:y.:L .. c .= driving over rough terrain. You or your passengers can be struck ~igFFSi e%x..5=$i:< by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly. 9 2; .--.$y &--. :2* L?- .&1. ~ You’ll findotherimportantinformation and“Tires” in theIndex. in thismanual.See“VehicleLoading” Traveling to Remote Areas It makessense to planyourtrip,especiallywhengoing to aremotearea. Knowtheterrainand plan yourroute. Youaremuchlesslikely to getbad surprises. Getaccuratemapsof trailsandterrain. Try to learn of anyblocked or closed roads. It’salsoagoodideatotravelwithatleastoneothervehicle.Ifsomething happenstoone ofthem, theothercanhelpquickly. so, besure to readthe winch Doesyourvehiclehaveawinch?If if yougetstuck. instructions. In aremotearea,awinchcanbehandy you’llwant to knowhow to use it properly. But Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving It’s agoodidea to practice in anareathat’ssafeandclose to home before yougointothewilderness.Off-roaddrivingdoesrequiresomenewand differentdrivingskills. Here’swhatwemean. Tuneyoursenses to different kinds of signals. Youreyes,forexample,need to constantlysweeptheterrainforunexpectedobstacles. Yourearsneed to listenforunusualtireorenginesounds.Withyourarms,hands,feet,and bodyyou’llneed to respond to vibrationsandvehicle bounce. 4-24 Controllingyourvehicle is thekey to successful off-road driving. One of the best ways to controlyourvehicle is to controlyourspeed.Herearesome things to keep in mind.At higherspeeds: youapproachthingsfasterandyouhave for obstacles. less time to scan the terrain youhave less time to react. youhavemorevehiclebouncewhenyoudriveoverobstacles. you’llneedmoredistanceforbraking,especiallysinceyou’reonan unpavedsurface. I CAUTION A Whenyou’redrivingoffroad,bouncingandquickchanges in direc1tion caneasilythrowyouout of position. This could causeyou to losecontrolandcrash. So,whetheryou’redrivingonorofftheroad, youandyourpassengersshouldwearsafetybelts. Scanning the Terrain Off-road driving can take youovermanydifferentkinds of terrain. You need to befamiliarwiththeterrainanditsmanydifferentfeatures.Herearesome things to consider. Surface Conditions Off-roadingcan take youoverhard-packeddirt,gravel,rocks,grass,sand, mud,snowor ice.Each ofthesesurfacesaffectsthesteering,acceleration, andbraking ofyourtruck in differentways.Dependinguponthe kind of surfaceyouare on, youmayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning, delayedacceleration,poortraction,andlongerbrakingdistances. Surface Obstacles Unseenor hidden obstaclescanbehazardous.Arock,log,hole,rut,or bumpcanstartleyou if you’re not prepared for them. Often these obstacles arehidden by grass,bushes,snoworeven the riseand fall of theterrain itself. Here are some things to consider: Is the path aheadclear? Will the surfacetexturechangeabruptly upahead? Does the travel take youuphill or downhill?(There’smorediscussion thesesubjects later.) Willyouhave to stopsuddenly or changedirectionquickly? 4-25 of Your Driving and the Road Whenyoudriveoverobstaclesorroughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs,orothersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel out of yourhands if you’re not prepared. or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks, theground. If thishappens,evenwithoneortwowheels,youcan’tcontrol the vehicle as well or at all. Becauseyouwillbeonanunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant suddenacceleration,suddenturns,orsuddenbraking. to avoid In a way, off-roaddrivingrequiresadifferentkind of alertnessfromdrivingon pavedroadsandhighways.Therearenoroadsigns,posted speed limits or signallights.Youhave to useyourowngoodjudgmentaboutwhatissafe andwhatisn’t. A Drinkinganddrivingcanbeverydangerousonanyroad.Andthisis At theverytimeyouneedspecial certainly true for off-road driving. alertnessanddrivingskills,yourreflexes,perceptionsandjudgment canbeaffectedbyevenasmallamount of alcohol. You couldhave a serious-orevenfatal-accidentifyoudrinkanddriveorridewith adriverwhohasbeendrinking.(See“DrunkenDriving” in the Index.) I Driving On Off=Road Hills Off-roaddrivingoftentakesyou up,down, or acrossahill.Drivingsafelyon hillsrequiresgoodjudgmentandanunderstanding ofwhatyourvehiclecan andcan’tdo.Therearesome hillsthatsimplycan’tbedriven,nomatterhow well built the vehicle. r A Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. If you drive up them, youwillstall. If youdrivedownthem,youcan’tcontrolyourspeed. youdriveacrossthem,youwillrollover.Youcouldbeseriously injured or killed. If youhaveanydoubtaboutthesteepness,don’t drive the hill. Approaching a Hill Whenyouapproach a hill,youneedtodecide if it’sone of thosehillsthat’s or cross.Steepnesscanbehardtojudge. justtoosteeptoclimb,descend, Onaverysmallhill,forexample,theremaybeasmooth,constantincline 4-26 If I withonly a smallchangeinelevationwhereyoucaneasilyseealltheway to the top.On a largehill,theincline maygetsteeperasyounearthetop, butyoumaynotseethisbecausethecrestofthe hill ishiddenbybushes, grass,orshrubs. Herearesomeotherthingstoconsiderasyouapproach 0 0 a hill. Is there a constantincline, or doesthehillgetsharplysteeper places? in Is theregoodtractiononthehillside, tire or willthesurfacecause slipping? hill so you won’thave to make 0 Is there a straight path upordownthe turningmaneuvers? e Arethereobstructionsonthehillthancanblockyourpath(boulders, trees,logsorruts)? 0 0 What’sbeyondthehill? Is there a cliff,anembankment, a drop-off, a fence?Getoutandwalkthe hill ifyou don’tknow.It’sthesmartwayto findout. Is the hill simplytoorough?Steep hills oftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs andexposedrocksbecausetheyaremoresusceptible to theeffects of erosion. Driving Uphill Onceyoudecideyoucansafelydriveupthehill,youneedtotakesome specialsteps. Use a lowergearandget a firmgriponthesteeringwheel. Get a smoothstartupthe hill and try to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse more power than you need, because you don’t want your wheels to start spinning or sliding. Try todrivestraightupthehill ifat allpossible. If thepathtwistsand turns,youmightwanttofindanotherroute. 3 CAUTION Turningordrivingacrosssteep hills can lbe dangerous.You could b lose traction, slide sideways,and possibly roll over.You couldbe seriously injured or killed.When driving up hills,always try to go straight up. Easeuponyourspeedasyouapproachthetopofthehill. 4-27 I Your Driving and the Road Attachaflag to thevehicle to makeyoumorevisible traffic ontrailsorhills. Soundthehornasyouapproachthetop know you’re there. to approaching of hill to letopposingtraffic Useyourheadlightsevenduringtheday.Theymakeyoumorevisible oncomingtraffic. to * Drivilng to the top (crest) of a hill at full speedcancausean I accident.There could beadrop-off,embankment,cliff,oreven anothervehicle. You could be seriously injured orkilled. As you near the top ofahill, slow down and stay alert. I Q: Whatshould I do if myvehiclestalls, or is abouttostall,and I can’t make it upthehill? A: If thishappens,therearesomethingsyoushould do, andtherearesome thingsyoumustnot do. First,here’swhatyoushoulddo: Pushthebrakepedal to stopthevehicleandkeepit backwards.Also,applytheparkingbrake. from rolling If yourengineisstillrunning,shiftthetransmissionintoreverse,release theparkingbrake,andslowly backdown thehillinreverse. If yourenginehasstoppedrunning,you’llneed to restartit.Withthe brakepedaldepressedandtheparkingbrake still applied,shiftthe transmission to P (Park)(or,shift to N (Neutral) if yourvehiclehasa to R (Reverse), manualtransmission)andrestarttheengine.Then,shift releasetheparkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthehill in reverse. Asyouarebackingdownthehill,putyourlefthandonthesteering wheelatthe 12 o’clockposition.This way, you’llbeable to tell if your wheelsarestraight or turned to the left orright as youbackdown. Herearesomethingsyoumustnot whengoingupahill. do if youstall,orareabout to stall, Neverattempt to preventastallbyshiftinginto N (Neutral)(or to “rev-up”the depressingtheclutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission) engineandregainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork. Your vehiclewill roll backwardsveryquicklyandyoucouldgoout of control. 4-28 I Instead,applytheregularbrake to stop the vehicle.Thenapplythe parkingbrake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowly backdown. Neverattempt to turn around if youareabout to stall whengoingupa hill. If the hill issteepenough to stall yourvehicle,it’ssteepenough to causeyou to rollover if you turn around. If youcan’tmakeitupthe hill,youmustbackdown the hill. Q: Suppose,afterstalling, I try to backdownthehillanddecide can’t do it.Whatshould I do? I just A: Setthe parking brake,putyourtransmission in P (Park) (or themanual go transmission in firstgear),and turn off theengine.Leavethevehicleand getsomehelp.Exitontheuphillsideandstayclear of the path thevehicle to N (Neutral) wouldtake if itrolleddownhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave it in somegear. A Ifyouhaveamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,shiftingthetransfer case to N (Neutral)cancauseyourvehicle to rolleven if the transmissionisin P (Park)(or, if youhavethemanualtransmission, even if you’re in gear).This is becausethe N (Neutral)positionon If youaregoing to the transfercaseoverridesthetransmission. leaveyourvehicle,settheparkingbrakeandshift the transmission in firstgear).Butdo to P (Park)(or,putyourmanualtransmission notshiftthetransfercase to the N (Neutral)position.Leavethe transfercase in the 2 WHEEL, 4 HIGH or 4 LOW position. Driving Downhill Whenoff-roadingtakesyoudownhill,you’llwant things: Howsteepisthedownhill?Will to consideranumber of I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol? What’sthesurfacelike?Smooth?Rough?Slippery?Hard-packeddirt? Gravel? Are therehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts?Logs?Boulders? What’satthebottom of thehill? Is there a hiddencreekbankoreven riverbottomwithlargerocks? 4-29 a Your Driving and the Road If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,thentrytokeepyourvehicle headedstraightdown,andusealowgear.This way,enginedragcanhelp yourbrakesandtheywon’thave to doallthework.Descendslowly,keeping your vehicle under control at all times. A 1 Heavybrakingwhengoingdowna hill cancauseyourbrakes to loss of controlandaserious overheatandfade.Thiscouldcause accident. Apply thebrakeslightlywhendescendinga hill andusea control. low gear to keep vehicle Q: Are theresomethings speed I shouldnot do whendrivingdownahill? A:Yes!These areimportantbecause if youignorethemyoucouldlose controlandhaveaseriousaccident. Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyouacrosstheincline hill. A hill that’s not too steep to drivedownmaybetoosteep across. You could rollover if youdon’tdrivestraightdown. of the to drive Nevergodownhillwiththetransmissionin N (Neutral),orwiththeclutch pedal depressed in amanualshift.This is called“free-wheeling.” Your brakes will have to do all the work and could overheat and fade. Avoidbraking so hardthatyoulockthewheels whengoingdownhill. If your front wheels are locked, you can’t steer your vehicle. If your wheels lockupduringdownhillbraking,youmay feel thevehiclestarting to slide off thebrakesandsteer to sideways. To regainyourdirection,justease keep the front of the vehicle pointing straight downhill. Q: Am I likelytostallwhengoingdownhill? A: It’smuchmorelikelytohappengoinguphill.But downhill, here’swhat to do. * Stopyourvehicle if it happensgoing by applyingtheregularbrakes.Applytheparking brake. Shift to P (Park)(or to N (Neutral)withthemanualtransmission)and, while still braking,restarttheengine. Shiftback to alowgear,releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight down. If theenginewon’tstart,getoutandgethelp. 4-30 Driving Across an Incline Soonerorlater,an off-road trailwillprobably goacrosstheincline thishappens,youhavetodecidewhethertotrytodriveacrosstheincline. Herearesomethingstoconsider: of ahill. If A hill thatcanbedrivenstraightupordownmaybetoosteep to drive across.Whenyougostraightupordownahill,thelength of thewheel base(thedistancefromthefrontwheelstotherearwheels)reducesthe likelihoodthevehiclewilltumbleendoverend.Butwhenyoudrive acrossanincline,themuchmorenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance betweenthe left andrightwheels) maynotpreventthevehiclefrom tilting androlling over. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight on thedownhillwheels.Thiscouldcauseadownhillslideorarollover. Surfaceconditionscanbeaproblemwhenyoudriveacrossahill.Loose gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrasscancauseyourtires to slip sideways,downhill. If thevehicleslipssideways,itcanhitsomethingthat roll over. willtrip it (a rock,arut,etc.)and Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepness of theinclineevenworse. If youdriveacrossarockwiththeuphillwheels, or if thedownhillwheels dropintoarutordepression,yourvehiclecantiltevenmore. Forreasonslikethese,youneed to decide carefully whether to try to drive acrossanincline.Justbecausethe trail goesacrosstheinclinedoesn’tmean over. youhavetodrive it. Thelastvehicle to tryitmighthaverolled CAUTION Driving across an incline that’s too steep will make your vehicle roll over. Yolu could ble seriously injured or killed. If you h’ave any doubt across it. Findanother about the steepnessoftheincline,don’tdrive route instead. Q: Whatif I’mdrivingacross an inclinethat’snot too steep,but I hit I do? someloosegravelandstarttoslidedownhill.Whatshould A: If youfeelyourvehiclestartingtoslidesideways, turn downhill.This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the side slipping. However, is to get out and “walk the course” so you amuchbetter.waytopreventthis it. knowwhatthesurfaceislikebeforeyoudrive 4-31 onbeachesorsanddunes)yourtireswilltendtosinkintothesand.This hasaneffectonsteering,accelerating,andbraking. Youmaywant theairpressureinyourtiresslightlywhendrivingonsand.Thiswillimprove traction. toreduce Hardpackedsnowandiceoffertheworst tire traction.Onthesesurfaces,it’s is so poor veryeasytolosecontrol.Onwetice,forexample,thetraction if you do getmoving,poor thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And steering and difficult braking can cause you to slide out of control. ~~ ndsorriverscanbedangerous. nderwatersprings,currentsundertheice,orsuddenthawscan weakentheice. Your vehiclecouldfallthroughtheiceandyou . your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces : . I’ .: . :j/- ,. ~;~:.cx ., ‘:!....,I:, 2’’ ,/ I 25 ad. Driving In Water Lightraincausesnospecialoff-roaddrivingproblems.Butheavyraincan meanflashflooding,andfloodwatersdemandextremecaution. it. If it’sdeep Findout howdeepthewaterisbeforeyoudrivethrough try it-you enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles,orexhaustpipe,don’t probably won’t get through. Also, water that deep can damage your axle and other vehicle parts. If thewaterisn’ttoodeep,thendrivethrough it slowly. At fastspeeds,water splashesonyourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso occur if yougetyourtailpipeunderwater.And,aslongasyourtailpipeis underwater,you’llneverbeabletostartyourengine.Whenyougothrough it may take you longer to water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet, stop. A Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. Deep water can sweep your vehilcle downstream and you and your passengers could drown. If it’sonlyinchesdeep, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires, and you could lose traction and roll the vehicle over. Don’t drive throughrushingwater. 4-33 Your Driving and the Road After Off-Road Driving Removeanybrushordebristhathascollectedontheunderbodv.chassis, underthehood.Theseaccumulationscanbeafirehazard. or Afteroperationinmudorsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked. Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage. Also,checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage. Your vehiclewillrequiremorefrequentserviceduetooff-roaduse.Referto theMaintenanceScheduleforadditionalinformation. Driving at Night AN450005 Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereasonisthatsome driversarelikely to be impaired-byalcoholordrugs,withnightvision problems,orbyfatigue. Here are some tips on night driving. Drivedefensively.Remember,this is themostdangeroustime. Don’t drinkanddrive(See“DrunkenDriving” this problem.) Adjust yourinsiderearviewmirror behind you. in theIndexformoreon to reducetheglarefromheadlights 4-34 Sinceyoucan’tsee as well,youmayneed to slowdownandkeep morespacebetweenyouandothervehicles.It’s hard to tell howfast thevehicleahead is goingjust by lookingat its taillights. @ Slowdown,especiallyonhigherspeedroads. uponly so muchroadahead. Your headlightscanlight In remoteareas,watchforanimals. If you’retired, pull off the road in asafe place andrest. Night Wsion No onecansee as wellatnightas in thedaytime.But as weget older thesedifferencesincrease.A50-year-olddrivermayrequireatleasttwiceas much light to seethesame thing at night asa20-year-old. if What youdointhedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision.Forexample, youspendtheday in brightsunshineyouarewise to wearsunglasses.Your eyeswillhavelesstroubleadjusting to night. But if you’redriving,don’t wearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakealotofthingsinvisiblethatshould remainvisible-suchasparkedcars, obstacles,pedestrians, oreventrains blocking railway crossings. Youmaywant to put on your sunglasses after you have pulled intoabrightly-lightedservice or refreshmentarea.Eyesshielded fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly to darknessbackontheroad.But besure to removeyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea. You can be temporarily blinded by approachinglights. It can take asecondor two,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyes to readjusttothe dark.When youare faced withsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlower the high beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid staringdirectly into theapproachinglights. If there is aline of opposing traffic,makeoccasionalglancesover the line of headlights to makecertain thatone of the vehiclesisn’tstarting to moveintoyourlane.Onceyouare pastthebrightlights,giveyoureyestimetoreadjustbeforeresumingspeed. High Beams If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshighbeams on, signalbyflickingyours to highandthenback to lowbeam.Thisisthe usual signaltolowerthe headlightbeams. If the other driver still doesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthe two half-blinded temptation to putyourhighbeamson.Thisonlymakes drivers. 4-35 Your Driving and the Road Ona freeway,useyour highbeamsonly in remoteareaswhereyouwon’t impairapproachingdrivers. In someplaces,likecities,usinghighbeams illegal. is Whenyoufollowanothervehicleonafreewayorhighway,uselowbeams. True,mostvehiclesnowhaveday-nightmirrorsthatenablethedriver to reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsarenot of thistypeand high beamsfrom behindcanbotherthedriverahead. A Few More Night Driving Suggestions Keepyourwindshieldandalltheglassonyourvehicleclean-insideandout. Glare at night is mademuchworseby dirtontheglass.Eventheinside of theglasscanbuildupafilmcausedbydust.Tobaccosmokealsomakes if it’sleftthere. insideglasssurfacesveryfilmyandcanbeavisionhazard Dirtyglassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould, makingthepupils ofyoureyescontractrepeatedly.Youmightevenwant to keepaclothandsomeglasscleaner in your vehicle if youneed to clean your glass frequently. Rememberthatyourheadlightslightupfarless in a turn or curve. Keepyoureyesmoving;thatway, of aroadwaywhenyouare it’seasiertopickoutdimlylightedobjects. Justasyourheadlightsshouldbecheckedregularlyforproperaim, youreyesbeexaminedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight blindness-the inability to see in dimlight-andaren’tevenawareof 4-36 so should it. Driving in &ye Rain I AM455004 Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble.Onawetroadyoucan’tstop, accelerate or turn as wellbecauseyour tire-to-road tractionisn’t as good as tread left,you’llgeteven ondryroads.And, if yourtiresdon’thavemuch less traction. if rainstarts to fall whileyou It’salwayswise to goslowerandbecautious aredriving.Thesurface maygetwetsuddenlywhenyour reflexesaretuned fordrivingondrypavement. Theheaviertherain,theharder it is to see.Even if yourwindshieldwiper bladesare in goodshape,aheavyraincanmakeitharder to seeroadsigns andtrafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge of the road,andeven peoplewalking.Roadspraycan often beworseforvisionthanrain, especially if it comesfromadirtyroad. So it is wise to keepyourwipingequipment in goodshapeandkeepyour windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield, orwhen strips of rubberstart to separatefromtheinserts. 4-37 Your Driving and the Road 1, I AM455009 Drivingtoofastthroughlargewaterpuddlesorevengoingthroughsomecar washescancauseproblems,too.Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes.Tryto avoidpuddles.But if youcan’t,trytoslowdownbeforeyouhitthem. I CAUTION I Wetbrakescancauseaccidents.Theywon’tworkwell in aquick stopand maycause pulling to oneside. You couldlosecontrol of thevehicle. After arlvlng through a large puddle ofwater or a car yourbrakepedallightlyuntilyourbrakesworknormally. WE ’ I , a, ~, ‘y I Hydroplaning Hydroplaningisdangerous. So muchwatercan build upunderyour tiresthat if theroadiswet theycanactuallyrideonthewater.Thiscanhappen is hydroplaning, it enoughandyou’regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicle haslittle orno contact withtheroad. Youmightnotbeawareofhydroplaning.You coulddrivealongforsometimewithoutrealizing your tiresaren’t in constantcontactwiththeroad.You could slow, turn,moveout to pass-or if find outthehardway:whenyouhaveto yougethitbyagustofwind. You couldsuddenlyfindyourselfoutofcontrol. it can if yourtireshaven’tmuchtread Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.But low. Itcanhappen if alot ofwater is or if thepressureinoneormoreis standing ontheroad.Ifyoucanseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles, orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater’ssurface,therecouldbe hydroplaning. - Hydroplaningusuallyhappensathigherspeeds,Therejustisn’tahardand fastruleabouthydroplaning.Thebestadviceistoslowdownwhenitis raining,andbecareful. ?>me Other Rainy Weather Tips Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmakeyou more visible to others. Lookforhard-to-seevehiclescomingfrombehind. Youmaywanttouse yourheadlightseven in daytime if it’sraininghard. Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore clearroomahead,andbepreparedtohaveyourviewrestrictedbyroad spray. If theroadsprayis so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback. Don’t pass untilconditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowlyisbetterthan havinganaccident. Useyourdefogger 0 if it helps. Havegoodtireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires” in theIndex.) Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze Fogcanoccurwithhighhumidityorheavyfrost. It canbe so mildthatyou can seethrough it forseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or it mightbe so thick It maycomesuddenlyto thatyoucanseeonlyafewfeet(meters)ahead. anotherwiseclearroad.And it canbeamajorhazard. Whenyoudriveintoafogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The biggest dangers are striking the vehicle ahead or being struck by the one If thevehicleahead behind.Tryto“read”thefogdensitydowntheroad. starts to become less clear or,atnight, if thetaillightsarehardertosee,the to givetrafficbehindyouachanceto fogisprobablythickening.Slowdown slowdown.Everybodythenhasabetterchancetoavoidhittingthevehicle ahead. Your Driving and the Road I . I- AM459005 A patch ofdensefogmayextendonlyforafewfeet(meters)orformiles (kilometers); you can'treallytellwhileyou'reinit. You canonlytreatthe situationwithextremecare. Onecommonfogcondition-sometimes calledmist orgroundfog-can happen in weatherthatseemsperfect,especiallyatnightor in theearly morninginvalleyandlow,marshyareas.Youcan be suddenlyenveloped in thick,wethazethatmayevencoatyourwindshield.Youcanoftenspotthese fogpatchesormistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe waitingforyouasyoucomeovera hill or dipintoashallowvalley.Start yourwindshieldwipersandwasher,tohelpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow downcarefully. R Tips on Driving in Fog If yougetcaught in fog, turn yourheadlightsonlowbeam,even in daytime. You'llsee-andbeseen-better.Useyour foglights if yourvehiclehasthem. Don't use yourhighbeams.Thelightwillbounce makeupfogandreflectbackatyou. off the water droplets that Useyourdefogger.In high humidity,evenalightbuildupofmoistureonthe inside of the glass will cut down on your already limited visibility. Run your windshieldwipersandwasheroccasionally.Moisturecanbuilduponthe outside glass,andwhatseemstobe fog may actually bemoistureonthe outside ofyourwindshield. . . 4-40 _ . , . I t Treatdensefogasanemergency.Trytofindaplacetopullofftheroad.Of course you want to respectanother’sproperty,butyoumightneedtoput somethingbetweenyouandmovingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles, aprivatedriveway,anythingthatremovesyoufromothertraffic. If visibility is nearzeroandyoumuststopbutareunsurewhetheryouare awayfromtheroad,turnyourlightson,startyourhazardwarningflasher, or whenyouhearapproachingtraffic. andsoundyourhornatintervals Passothervehicles in fogonly if youcanseefarenoughaheadtopass safely.Eventhen, be prepared to delayyourpass if yoususpectthefog worseupahead. If othervehiclestry to passyou,makeiteasyforthem. is City Driving AN460003 Oneof the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of trafficonthem. You’llwant to watch out for what the other drivers are doing, and pay attention to traffic signals. Here are ways to increase your safety in citydriving: Knowthebestway to get to whereyouaregoing.Trynot to drive a city map around trying to pick out a familiar street or landmark. Get and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross-country trip. Try tousethefreewaysthatrimandcrisscrossmostlargecities. savetimeandenergy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”) 4-41 You’ll - .- . . . I. Your Driving and the Road Treatagreenlightasawarningsignal. A trafficlightistherebecause to needit.Whenalightturnsgreen,and just thecornerisbusyenough beforeyoustart to move,check both ways forvehiclesthathavenot clearedtheintersection ormayberunning the red light. Obeyallpostedspeedlimits.Butrememberthattheyareforidealroad, weatherandvisibilityconditions. Youmay need to drivebelowthe is especiallypoor. postedlimit in badweatherorwhenvisibility Pull to theright(withcare)andstopclearofintersectionswhenyousee or hear emergency vehicles. Freeway Driving AN461003 . ~. . -. 3 . . . . Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways, turnpikes, orsuperhighways)arethesafestofallroads.Buttheyhavetheir ownspecialrules. Themostimportantadviceonfreewaydrivingis:Keepupwithtrafficand of theotherdrivers are keep to theright.Driveatthesamespeedmost driving.Too-fastortoo-slowdrivingbreaksasmoothtrafficflow.Treattheleft laneonafreeway as apassinglane. Entering the Freeway . .1 I >. At theentrancethere is usuallyarampthatleads I , - - to the freeway. If youhave a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to checktraffic.Try to determinewhereyouexpect to blend But if it is heavy, withtheflow. If traffic is light,youmayhavenoproblem. Try find agapasyoumovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach. 4-42 to mergeintothegapatclose to theprevailingspeed.Switchonyour turn signal,checkyourrearviewmirrors as youmovealong,andglanceoveryour shoulder as often as necessary. Try to blendsmoothlywiththetrafficflow. Driving on the Freeway Onceyou are on the freeway, adjustyourspeed to thepostedlimitor to the to pass. If prevailingrate if it’sslower.Stay in the rightlaneunlessyouwant youareona two-lane freeway,treattherightlaneastheslowlaneandthe leftlane as thepassinglane. If you are on a three-lane freeway, treat the right lane as the slower-speed throughlane,themiddle lane as thehigher-speedthroughlane,andtheleft laneasthe passing lane. Beforechanginglanes,checkyourrearviewmirrors.Thenuseyour turn to signal. Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your shoulder makesure there isn’tanothervehicle in your “blind” spot. If you are movingfromanoutside to acenterlaneonafreewayhaving to moveintothe morethan two lanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout samespot.Look at the vehicles two lanes over and watch for telltale signs: of the turnsignalsflashing,anincrease in speed,ormovingtowardtheedge lane.Beprepared to delayyourmove. Onceyou are movingon the freeway,make certainyouallowareasonable followingdistance.Expect to moveslightlysloweratnight. Leaving the Freeway Whenyouwant to leavethefreeway,move to theproperlanewell in If youmiss advance.Dashingacrosslanesatthelastminuteisdangerous. yourexitdonot,underanycircumstances,stopandbackup.Driveon to the next exit. Ateachexitpoint is adecelerationlane.Ideally it should belongenoughfor ofcourse)and thendoyour you to enter it atfreewayspeed(aftersignaling, brakingbeforemovingontotheexit ramp.Unfortunately,notalldeceleration lanesarelongenough-some are too short for all the braking. Decide when if there is traffic tostartbraking. If youmustbrakeonthethroughlane,and close behind you,youcanallowa little extratimeandflashyourbrakelights (in addition to your turn signal)asextrawarningthatyou are about to slow downandexit. Theexitrampcanbecurved,sometimesquitesharply.Theexitspeed usuallyposted.Reduceyourspeedaccording to yourspeedometer,not your sense of motion. After driving for any distance at higher speeds, you 4-43 is to Your Driving and the Road maytendtothinkyouaregoingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample, 40 mph (65 km/h)mightseemlikeonly 20 mph (30 km/h).Obviously,this 20 mph (30 km/h)! couldleadtoserioustroubleonarampdesignedfor Driving a Long Distance Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremadeonfreeways,therearestillmany madeonregularhighways. Long-distancedrivingonfreewaysandregularhighwaysisthesame in some ways.Thetriphastobeplannedandthevehicleprepared,youdriveat higher-than-cityspeeds,andtherearelongerturnsbehindthewheel.You’ll enjoyyourtripmoreifyouandyourvehicleare in goodshape.Hereare some tips for a successful long trip. Before Leaving on a Long Trip Makesureyou’reready.Trytobewellrested. If youmuststartwhenyou’re notfresh-suchasafteraday’s work-don’t plan to make too many miles that first part ofthejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoesyoucan easilydrivein. Is yourvehiclereadyforalongtrip? If youkeepitservicedandmaintained, If itneedsservice,haveitdonebeforestartingout. Of it’sreadytogo. course,you’llfindexperiencedandableserviceexpertsinyourvehicle’s if dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbereadyandwillingtohelp need it. YOU Her1 ire Some things you can check before a trip: 0 .. .-,. ._ C . WindshieldWasherFluid: insideandoutside? WiperBlades:Arethey Is thereservoirfull?Are all windowsclean in goodshape? Fuel,EngineOil,OtherFluids:Haveyoucheckedalllevels? Lights:Arethey all working?Arethelensesclean? Tires:Theyarevitallyimportanttoasafe,trouble-freetrip. Is the tread goodenoughforlong-distancedriving?Arethetiresallinflatedtothe recommendedpressure? WeatherForecasts:What’stheweatheroutlookalongyourroute? a shorttimetoavoidamajorstormsystem? Should you delay your trip Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps? 4-44 On the Road Unlessyouaretheonlydriver, it is good to share the driving task with others.Limitturnsbehindthewheel to about 100 miles (160 km)or two hours at a sitting. Then, either change drivers or stop for some refreshment do stopandmove likecoffee,teaorsoftdrinksandsomelimberingup.But around.Eatlightlyalongthe way. Heaviermealstendtomakesomepeople sleepy. do nothave Ontwo-lanehighwaysorundividedmultilanehighwaysthat controlledaccess,you’llwant to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound onfreeways.Examplesare:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith directaccess to thehighway,nopassingzonesandschoolzones,vehicles turning left andright off theroad,pedestrians,cyclists,parkedvehicles,and evenanimals. Highway Hypnosrs Is thereactuallysuchaconditionas“highwayhypnosis?”Orisitjustplain fallingasleepatthewheel?Callithighwayhypnosis,lack of awareness,or whatever. Thereissomethingaboutaneasystretch of roadwiththesamescenery, along with the hum of the tires on the road,thedrone of theengine,andthe rush of thewindagainstthevehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy.Don’tletit less thana happen to you! If it does,yourvehiclecanleavetheroadin second,andyoucouldcrashandbeinjured. Whatcanyou happen. do abouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethatitcan Thenhere are sometips: Makesureyourvehicleiswellventilated,withacomfortablycoolinterior. Keepyoureyesmoving.Scantheroadaheadandtothesides.Check your rearview mirrors frequently and your instruments from time Thiscanhelpyouavoidafixedstare. to time. Weargoodsunglassesinbrightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness.But don’t wear sunglasses at night. They will drastically reduce your overall visionattheverytimeyouneed all the seeing power you have. If yougetsleepy, pull off theroadintoarest,service, andtakea nap,getsomeexercise,orboth.Forsafety, onthehighwayasanemergency. orparkingarea treatdrowsiness As in anydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate followingdistances. 4-45 Your Driving and the Road Hill and Mountain Roads I . l i -- 7. ._ . .AM470001 Drivingonsteephillsormountains is differentfromdrivinginflatorrolling terrain. If youdriveregularly in steepcountry,or if you'replanning to visit there,herearesometipsthatcanmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable. (See"Off-RoadDriving" in theIndexforinformationaboutdrivingoff-road.) Keepyourvehicleingoodshape.Check all fluidlevelsandalsothe brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.Thesepartscanwork hard onmountainroads. .. . . Knowhow to godownhills.Themostimportantthing to know is this:let it yourenginedosomeoftheslowingdown.Don'tmakeyourbrakesdo all.Shifttoalowergearwhenyougodownasteepor long hill.That way,youwill slow downwithoutexcessiveuse ofyourbrakes. 1 1 so hot thatthey Ifyoudon'tshiftdown,yourbrakescouldget wouldn'tworkwell.Youwould thenhavepoorbrakingorevennone goingdownahill. You could crash.Shiftdown to letyourengine assist your brakes on steep a downhill slope. 4-46 CAUTION Coastingdownhill in N (Neutral)orwiththeignition off is dangerous. I 2Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down. They could You couldcrash.Always get so hot that they wouldn’t work well. haveyourignitiononandyourvehicleingearwhenyougodownhill. A Knowhow to go uphill. Youmaywant toshiftdowntoalowergear. Thelowergearshelpcoolyourengineandtransmission,andyoucan climbthe hill better. Stayinyourownlanewhendrivingontwo-laneroads in hills or of the road. Drive mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut across the center atspeedsthatletyoustay in yourownlane.Thatway,youwon’t be surprisedbyavehiclecomingtowardyouinthesamelane. Ittakeslongertopassanothervehiclewhenyou’regoinguphill.You’ll If avehicleispassingyouand want to leaveextraroomtopass. it easierfortheother doesn’thaveenoughroom,slowdowntomake vehicle to get by. e As yougooverthetop of ahill,bealert.Therecouldbesomethingin yourlane,likeastalledcaroranaccident. Youmay see highway signs on mountains that warn of special.problems. Examplesarelonggrades,passingorno-passingzones,afallingrocks area,orwindingroads.Bealerttotheseandtakeappropriateaction. Winterdrivingcanpresentspecialproblems. Index. See“WinterDriving” in the Your Driving and the Road Parking on Hills Hills and mountainsmeanspectacularscenery.Butpleasebecarefulwhere youstop if youdecidetolookattheviewortakepictures.Lookforpull-offs orparkingareasprovidedforscenicviewing. I AM470005 Anotherpartofthismanualtellshow to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking hill, youcan do onemore Brake” in theIndex).Butonamountainorsteep thing. Youcan turnyourfrontwheelstokeepyourvehiclefromrollingdownhill or outintotraffic.Here’show: Parking Downhill AM470010 Turnyourwheels to theright. You don’thavetojamyourtiresagainstthecurb,ifthere contact is allyouneed. is a curb. A gentle Parking Uphill AM470015 If there is a curb, turn your wheels of your vehicle. to the left if the curb is at the right side AM470020 If you’re going uphill on a one-waystreetandyou’reparkingontheleftside, your wheels should point to the right. 4-49 Your Driving and the Road I ",.*,lcG~2*"*w" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ "* . * * b ; . . " ~ ~ nl " ~ *_ -~ ,,-,.,',.".~ ; AM470024 If thereisnocurbwhenyou'reparkinguphill,turnthewheels to theright. If thereisnocurbwhenyou'reparkinguphillontheleftsideofaone-way to theleft. street,yourwheelsshouldbeturned Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission) If youareparkingonahillandyoudon'tshiftyourtransmissioninto P (Park)properly,theweightofthevehiclemayputtoomuchforceonthe You mayfind it difficulttopulltheshiftlever parkingpawlinthetransmission. To preventtorquelock,alwaysbe outof P (Park).Thisiscalledtorquelock. To findouthow, suretoshiftinto P (Park)beforeyouleavethedriver'sseat. see"ShiftingInto P (Park) in theIndex." Whenyouareready to drive,movetheshiftleverout youreleasetheparkingbrake. of P (Park) BEFORE If "torquelock"doesoccur,youmayneed to haveanothervehiclepush from thetransmission, so yoursalittleuphill to takesomeofthepressure youcanpulltheshiftleverout of P (Park). 4-50 Winter Driving AN480001 Here are some tips for winter driving: Haveyourvehicle mix is correct. in goodshapeforwinter.Besureyourenginecoolant Snow tirescanhelp in loose snow, butthey may giveyoulesstraction on ice thanregulartires. If you do notexpect to bedriving in deep snow, butmayhave to traveloverice,youmaynotwant to switch to snow tires at all. Youmaywant to putwinteremergencysupplies in yourvehicle. Includeanicescraper,asmallbrushorbroom,asupply of windshield washerfluid,arag,somewinterouterclothing,asmallshovel,aflashlight,a redcloth,andacouple of reflectivewarningtriangles. And, if youwillbe drivingundersevereconditions,includeasmallbag ofsand,a piece of old carpetoracouple of burlapbags to helpprovidetraction.Besureyou properly secure these items in your vehicle. Driving on Snow or Ice Mostof thetime,thoseplaceswhereyourtiresmeettheroadprobablyhave goodtraction. However, if there issnowor ice betweenyourtiresandtheroad,youcan haveaveryslipperysituation.You’llhavea lot lesstraction or “grip”andwill needtobeverycareful. 4-51 Your Driving and the Road r - AM480016 What’stheworsttimeforthis?“Wetice.”Verycoldsnoworicecanbeslick andhard to driveon.Butweticecanbeevenmoretroublebecauseitmay offertheleasttraction of all. Youcanget“wet ice” when it’s about freezing (32°F; 0°C) andfreezingrainbegins to fall.Try to avoiddrivingonwetice until salt and sand crews can get there. Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloosesnow-drive to breakthefragiletraction. withcaution.Accelerategently.Trynot accelerate too fast,thedrivewheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder thetiresevenmore. If you to makeahardstoponaslippery Your antilockbrakesimproveyourability to begin road.Eventhoughyouhavetheantilockbrakingsystem,you’llwant stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Antilock” in the Index. Allow greater following distance on any slippery road. Watchforslipperyspots.Theroadmightbefine until youhitaspot that’scoveredwithice.Onanotherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay appear in shadedareaswherethesuncan’treach:aroundclumps of a trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurfaceof curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare clear. If youseeapatch of iceahead ofyou,brake beforeyouareon it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on the ice, and avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers. 4-52 I i I- : _ A1480028 If youarestoppedbyheavysnow,youcouldbeinaserioussituation. You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are nearhelpandyoucanhikethroughthesnow.Herearesomethingstodoto summonhelpandkeepyourselfandyourpassengerssafe:Turnonyour hazard flashers. Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you’ve been stopped by the snow.Puton extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.Ifyouhavenoblanketsorextraclothing,makebodyinsulatorsfrom newspapers,burlapbags,rags,floormats-anythingyoucanwraparound yourselfortuckunderyourclothingtokeepwarm. You canruntheengine to keepwarm, but becareful. I Snowcantrapexhaustgasesunderyourvehicle.Thiscancause to getinside.COcouldovercome deadlyCO(carbonmonoxide)gas youand kill you.You can’tsee it orsmell it, so youmightnotknow it is in yourvehicle.Clearawaysnowfromaroundthebase ofyour vehicle, especially any that is blockingyourexhaustpipe.Andcheck around again from time to time to be sure snow doesn’t collect there Open a window just a keep helpwillThis wind. thefrom little on the side of the vehicle that’s away CO out. 4-53 I I - . - . . ” - Your Driving and the Road , c. ‘6 . .. AM480042 .. I>: ” .,. .,,-. Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissavesfuel.Whenyourun theengine, makeitgoalittlefasterthanjustidle.Thatis,pushthe acceleratorslightly.Thisuseslessfuelfortheheatthatyougetanditkeeps thebatterycharged. You willneed a well-chargedbattery to restartthevehicle,andpossiblyforsignalinglateronwith yourheadlights.Lettheheater off andclosethewindowalmostallthe runforawhile.Then,shuttheengine when way to preservetheheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonly do it aslittleaspossible. you feel reallyuncomfortablefromthecold.But To helpkeepwarm,youcangetout Preservethefuelaslongasyoucan. so of the vehicle and do somefairlyvigorousexerciseseveryhalfhouror until helpcomes. lf You’re Stuck in Deep Snow Thismanualexplainshowtogetthevehicleout ofdeepsnowwithout damaging it. See“RockingYourVehicle’’ in theIndex. Recreational Vehicle Towing (FoueWheel Drive Only) If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldriveyoumaytow it behindanothervehicle providing,itdoesnothavetheoptionalelectronicshifttransfercase. 4-54 Before towing you should: 1. Settheparkingbrakefirmly. 2. Place the auto’matictransmission in P(Park)orthemanualtransmission in th:e lowest gear (1st gear). 3. Firmlyattach the vehiclebeingtowed to thetowvehicle.Refer hitch manufacturer’sinstructions. to the I to ShiftingthetransfercasetoN(Neutral)cancauseyourvehicle rolleven if thetransmission is in P(Park),foranautomatic transmission. transmission, or if yourvehicle is in gear,foramanual This is because the transfer case overrides the transmission. 1 NOTICE 6. Insert the ignitionkey into theiginitionswitchand turn it onenotch.forward of the “LOCK’ position.Thisplacesthekey into the“OFF”position, whichunlocksthesteeringcolumnwhilepreventingbatterydrain.Unlocking the steering column will allow for proper movement of the front wheelshires during towing. 4-55 Your Driving and the Road Towing a mailer CAUTION A I If youdon’tusethecorrectequipmentanddriveproperly,youcan For example, if thetrailer is too losecontrolwhenyoupullatrailer. heavy,thebrakesmaynotwork well-or evenatall.You and your if youhave passengerscouldbeseriouslyinjured.Pullatraileronly followed all thesteps in thissection. Everyvehicleisreadyforsometrailertowing. If it was t t withtrailering options,asmanyare,it’sreadyforheaviertrailers.Buttraileringisdifferent thanjustdrivingyourvehiclebyitself.Traileringmeanschanges in handling, durability,andfueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect equipment,and it has to beusedproperly. That’sthereasonforthissection.In it aremanytime-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules. Many oftheseareimportantforyoursafety So please read this section carefully before you and thatofyourpassengers. pull a trailer. If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer If youdo,herearesomeimportantpoints. e e e e Therearemanydifferentlawshaving to dowithtrailering.Makesure yourrigwillbelegal,notonlywhereyoulivebutalsowhereyou’llbe driving. A good sourceforthisinformationcanbestateorprovincial police. Considerusingaswaycontrol if your trailer will weigh 2,000 pounds (900 kg) or less.You shouldalwaysuseaswaycontrol if your trailer will weighmorethan 2,000 pounds (900 kg).Youcanaskahitchdealer about sway controls. Don’ttowatrailerat all during the first 500 miles (800 km)yournew or otherpartscouldbedamaged. vehicle is driven.Yourengine,axle, Then,duringthefirst 500 miles (800 km) thatyoutowatrailer,don’t driveover 50 mph (80 k d h ) anddon’tmakestartsatfullthrottle.This helpsyourengineandotherpartsofyourvehiclewear in attheheavier loads. 4-56 Three important considerations have to do with weight: Weight of the Trailer How heavycanatrailersafelybe?Itdependsonhowyouplantouseyour rig.Forexample,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow it canalso muchyourvehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. And, dependonanyspecialequipmentthatyouhaveonyourvehicle.Youcan us at ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice, or you can write theaddresslisted in yourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation Booklet. In Canada,writeto: GeneralMotors ofCanada, Limited Customer Assistance Center 1908Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa,OntarioL1H 8P7 Weight of the Trailer Tongue Thetongueload (A) ofany trailer is animportantweighttomeasurebecause it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle. The gross vehicle weight (GVW) includes the curb weight of thevehicle,anycargoyoumaycarry in it, and the people who will be riding in thevehicle.Andifyoutowatrailer,you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying thatweight,too.See“Loading YourVehicle”intheIndexformoreinformation aboutyourvehicle’smaximumloadcapaci’ AN490002 If you’reusinga“dead-weight”hitch,thetrailertongue (A)shouldweigh10% of thetotalloadedtrailerweight (B). If youhavea“weight-distributing”hitch, 4-57 Your Driving and the Road thetrailertongue (A) shouldweigh 12% ofthe totalloadedtrailerweight Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weighthetrailerandthenthetongue, If theyaren’t,youmaybeable separately, to see if theweightsareproper. to getthemrightsimplybymovingsomeitemsaroundinthetrailer. (B). TotalWeight on YourVehicle’sTires to thelimitforcoldtires.You’llfind Be sureyourvehicle’stiresareinflated thesenumbersontheCertificationLabelonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar(or see“Tire-Loading”intheIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’tgoovertheGVW limit for your vehicle. Hitches It’simportanttohavethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks going by,androughroadsare a fewreasonswhyyou’llneedtherighthitch. Here are some rules to follow: If you’llbepulling a trailerthat,whenloaded,willweighmorethan pounds (900 kg)besuretouseaproperlymountedweight-distributing of thepropersize.Thisequipmentisvery hitchandswaycontrol importantforpropervehicleloadingandgoodhandlingwhenyou’re driving. 2,000 2,000 pounds (900 kg)withastepbumperhitch, You cantowtrailersupto foot, your bumper could be but if your trailer tongue has a V-shaped damaged in sharpturns.Checkthedistancefromthefrontedgeofthefoot to themiddle of thehitchballsocket. If thedistanceislessthan 12 inches, take the foot off the trailer tongue. Safety Chains You shouldalwaysattachchainsbetweenyourvehicleandyourtrailer.Cross so that the tongue will not the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer it becomesseparatedfromthehitch.Instructionsabout droptotheroadif safetychainsmaybeprovidedbythehitchmanufactureror by thetrailer manufacturer.Followthemanufacturer’srecommendationforattachingsafety so youcanturnwithyourrig.And, chains.Alwaysleavejustenoughslack neverallowsafetychainstodragontheground. Trailer Brakes If yourtrailerweighsmorethan 1,000 pounds (450 kg)loaded,then it needs itsownbrakes-andtheymustbeadequate. Be suretoreadandfollowthe instructionsforthetrailerbrakes to install,adjustandmaintainthemproperly. And: - Don’ttapintoyourvehicle’sbrakesystem if thetrailer’sbrakesystem willusemorethan 0.02 cubicinch ( 0 . 3 ~ ~of) fluidfromyourvehicle’s mastercylinder. If it does,bothbrakingsystemswon’tworkwell.You couldevenloseyourbrakes. Willthetrailerbrakepartstake3,000psi (20 650 kPa)ofpressure? not,thetrailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyourvehicle. If If everythingchecksoutthisfar,thenmakethebrakefluidtapatthe portonthemastercylinderthatsendsfluidtotherearbrakes.Butdon’t If youdo, it willbend and finallybreak off. usecoppertubingforthis. Usesteelbraketubing. Driving with a Trailer Towing atrailerrequiresacertainamountofexperience.Beforesettingout fortheopenroad,you’llwanttogettoknowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith of thetrailer.And thefeel of handlingandbrakingwiththeaddedweight alwayskeep in mindthatthevehicleyouaredrivingisnowagooddeal longerandnotnearly so responsiveasyourvehicleisbyitself. Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes, connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment. startyourvehicleandtrailermovingandthenapplythetrailerbrakecontroller byhandtobesurethebrakesareworking.Thisletsyoucheckyourelectrical connectionatthesametime. Duringyourtrip,checkoccasionallytobesurethattheload that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working. 4-59 is secure,and Your Driving and the Road Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when drivingyourvehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyouavoidsituationsthat requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns. Passing You’llneedmorepassingdistanceupaheadwhenyou’retowingatrailer. to go muchfarther And,becauseyou’reagooddeallonger,you’llneed to yourlane. beyondthepassedvehiclebeforeyoucanreturn Backing Up Holdthebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then,tomovethe trailer left, just move your hand to the left. To movethetrailertotheright, moveyourhand to theright.Alwaysbackupslowlyand,ifpossible,have someoneguideyou. Making Turns Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal. Do this so yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrikesoftshoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees,or otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell in advance. Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas to have a different turn signal flasherandextrawiring.Thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflash wheneveryousignalaturnorlanechange.Properlyhookedup,thetrailer to turn,changelanes, lights will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about or stop. Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflashfor turnseven if thebulbsonthetrailerareburnedout.Thus,youmaythink It’s important to driversbehindyouareseeingyoursignalwhentheyarenot. check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. Driving on Grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before youstartdownalongor to useyourbrakes steepdowngrade. If youdon’tshiftdown,youmighthave so muchthattheywouldgethotandnolongerworkwell. Onalonguphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeedtoaround (70 km/h)toreducethepossibilityofengineandtransmissionoverheating. 45 mph If youhaveanautomatictransmission,youshoulduse D whentowinga trailer.Operatingyourvehicle in D whentowingatrailerwillminimizeheat buildupandextendthelife ofyourtransmission.Or,ifyouhaveamanual transmissionwithfifthgear,it’sbetternottousefifthgear,justdrive in fourth to, alowergear). gear(or,asyouneed 4-60 Parking on Hills You reallyshouldnotparkyourvehicle,withatrailerattached,onahill. If somethinggoeswrong,yourrigcouldstart to move.Peoplecanbeinjured, and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged. But if youeverhavetoparkyourrigonahill,here’showtodoit: 1. Applyyourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto P (Park)yet,orintogear for a manual transmission. 2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels. 3. Whenthewheelchocksare chocksabsorbtheload. in place,releasetheregularbrakesuntilthe 4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen shiftto P (Park), or R (Reverse)foramanualtransmission. 5. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercaseshift lever,besurethetransfercaseis in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). 6. Releasetheregularbrakes. A It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset. roll. if the shift lever is not Your vehiclecan If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move, evenwhenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow. If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever andyourtransfercaseis in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto roll,even ifyour shiftleveris in P (Park). So besurethetransfer caseis in adrivegear-not in N (Neutral). If youareparkingona hill, orifyou’re pullingatrailer,seealso“ParkingOnHills” in the Index. When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1. Applyyourregularbrakesand hold thepedaldownwhileyou: Startyourengine. Shiftintoagear;and Releasetheparkingbrake. 4-61 Your Driving and the Road 2. Let upon thebrakepedal. 3. Driveslowlyuntilthetrailer is clear of thechocks. 4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstorethechocks. Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehiclewillneedservicemoreoftenwhenyou’repullingatrailer.See theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthatareespecially important in traileroperationareautomatictransmissionfluid(don’toverfill), engineoil,axlelubricant,belt,coolingsystem,andbrakeadjustment.Each theseiscovered in thismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyou find them to reviewthesesectionsbefore quickly. If you’re trailering,it’sagoodidea you start your trip. Checkperiodically to seethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight. Trailer Light Wiring See“TrailerWiringHarness” in theIndex. Power Winches If youwish to useapowerwinchonyourvehicle,onlyuse vehicle is stationary oranchored. it whenyour NOTICE Usetheregularbrakes,settheparkingbrake your vehicle from rolling. 4-62 Or UIWK ihe wheels IW keep of prOb/ems on the Road . . - r 7 Here you’ll find what to do about some problems that can occur on the road . ..................................................................................... 5-2 Other Warning Devices ......................................................................................... 5-3 Jump Starting ........................................................................................................ 5-3 Towing Your Vehicle .............................................................................................. 5-7 Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-9 If a Tire Goes Flat .............................................................................................. 5-15 Changing a Flat Tire ........................................................................................... 5-16 Compact Spare Tire ............................................................................................ 5-28 If You’reStuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow ...................................................5-30 Hazard Warning Flashers Problems on the Road AM505003 Your hazardwarningflashersletyouwarnothers.Theyalsoletpoliceknow youhaveaproblem. Your frontandrear turn signallightswillflashonand off. But they won’t flash if you’rebraking. i Pressthebuttonin and off. to makeyourfrontandrearturnsignallightsflashon Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key andeven if thekeyisn’tin. is in, To turn off theflashers, pull outonthecollar. Whenthehazardwarningflashersareon,yourturnsignalswon’twork. Other Warning Devices If youcarryreflectivetriangles,youcansetoneupattheside about 300 feet (100 m) behindyourvehicle. of theroad Jump Starting If yourbatteryhasrundown,youmaywant to useanothervehicleandsome jumpercablestostartyourvehicle.Butpleasefollowthestepsbelow to do it safely. mwlmm A A Batteries cart hurt you. They m bedangerousbecause: * Theycontain acid that can burnyou. Theycontain gas that can explode or ignite. * They containenough electricity to burn you. If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some 01: all .of thlese things canhurt yoW. I To Jump Start Your Vehicle 1. Checktheothervehicle. groundsystem. I W It musthave a 12-voltbatterywith ti negative I U I IWL 5-3 2. Getthevehiclescloseenough so thejumpercablescanreach,butbe surethevehiclesaren’ttouchingeachother.Iftheyare,itcouldcause groundconnectionyoudon’twant. Youwouldn’tbeable to startyour vehicle,andthebadgroundingcoulddamagetheelectricalsystems. 1 a CAUTION * You couldbeinjuredifthevehiclesroll.Settheparkingbrakefirmly oneachvehicle.Putanautomatictransmission in P (Park)or a manualtransmission in N (Neutral). If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercase N (Neut--’). shiftlever,besurethetra-fercaseisnotin I I 3. Turn off theignition on bothvehicles.Turn off alllightsthataren’t needed,andradios.Thiswillavoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries. And it couldsaveyourradio! 4. Openthehoodsandlocatethebatteries.Findthepositive negative (-) terminals on eachbattery. * (t) arlu Using a matchnear a batterycancausebatterygastoexplode. Peoplehavebeenhurtdoingthis,andsomehavebeenblinded.Use aflashlightifyouneedmorelight. I Youdon’tneedtoaddwatertotheDelcoFreedom@batteryinstaller’ in everynew GM vehicle.But if abatteryhasfillercaps,besurethG rightamountoffluid isthere. If it is low,addwater to takecareof thatfirst. If youdon’t,explosivegascouldbepresent. I Batteryfluidcontainsacidthatcanburnyou.Don’tget it onyou. If you accidentally get it in youreyesor on yourskin,flushtheplace with water and get medical help immediately. 5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thaveloose or missinginsulation. If they do, you couldget a shock.Thevehiclescouldbedamaged,too. 5-4 I Beforeyouconnectthecables,herearesomethingsyoushouldknow. Positive (t)willgo to positive (t) andnegative, (-) willgotoanegative (-) orametalenginepart.Don'tconnect (t)to (-) oryou'llgeta shortthatwoulddamagethebatteryandmaybeotherparts,too. CAUTION / Fansorothermovingenginepartscaninjureyoubadly.Keepyour handsawayfrommovingpartsoncetheenginesarerunning. Y 6. Connecttheredpositive (t) cabletothepositive (t) terminal of the vehiclewiththedeadbattery.Usearemotepositive (t) terminalifthe vehiclehasone. Dead Battery (+) Good Battery (t) 7. Don'tlettheotherendtouchmetal.Connectittothepositive (t) terminal of thegoodbattery.Usearemotepositive (t)terminal if the vehiclehasone. 8. Nowconnecttheblacknegative (-) cable to thegoodbattery'snegative (-) terminal. Don'tlettheotherendtouchanythinguntilthenextstep.Theotherend of thenegativecable doesn't gotothedeadbattery. It goestoaheavy unpaintedmetalpartontheengine of thevehiclewiththedeadbattery. 18 inches (45 cm)awayfromthedeadbattery, 9. Attachthecableatleast butnotnearenginepartsthatmove.Theelectricalconnectionisjustas goodthere,butthechance ofsparksgettingbacktothebattery is much less. 5-5 Prob/ems on the Road Good Battery (-) Heavy Metal Engine Part L1 r“ L PO1 67 10. Now startthevehiclewiththegoodbatteryandruntheenginefor awhile. 11. Try to startthevehiclewiththedeadbattery. If it won’tstartafter a fewtries, it probably needs service. 12. Removethecables in reverseordertopreventelectricalshorting.Take care that they don’t touch each other or any other metal. 5-6 I ! Towing Your Vehicle Try to have a GM dealeroraprofessionaltowingservicetowyourvehicle. Theycanprovidetherightequipmentandknowhow to towitwithout damage. If yourvehiclehasbeenchangedsince it wasfactory-new,byaddingthings likefoglamps,aeroskirting,orspecialtiresandwheels,thesethingscould bedamagedduringtowing. Beforeyoudoanything,turnonthehazardwarningflashers. Whenyoucall, tell thetowingservice: Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive,orthatithasthefour-wheeldrive option. 0 Themake,model,andyearofyourvehicle. Whetheryoucanmovetheshiftleverforthetransmissionandshiftthe transfercase, if youhaveone. If therewasanaccident,whatwasdamaged. I CAUTION A To help avoid injury to you orothers: * Neverletpassengersride‘in Never tow fasterthansafe 0 Nevertowwithdamaged Nevergetunderyour truck. . 0 a vehiclethat is beingtowed. or postedspeeds. pads not fully secured. vehide after it hasbeenliftedbythetow Alwaysuseseparatesafetychainsoneachsidewhentowing vehicle. Neveruse “J” hooks.UseT-hooksinstead. 5-7 a , vr KO519 Whenyour vehicle is beingtowed,havetheignitionkey off. Thesteering wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadpositionwithaclampingdevice designedforatowingservice.Donotusethevehicle'ssteeringcolumn lock forthis.Thetransmission(eitherautomaticormanual)shouldbe in N (Neutral)andthetransfercase(eithermanualshiftorelectronicshift), if youhaveone,shouldbe in 2 WHEEL (two-wheeldrive).Theparkingbrake shouldbereleased. Don't have your vehicle towed on the rear (drive) wheels, unless you have to, If thevehiclemustbetowedontherearwheels,don't go morethan 35 mph (56 km/h)or farther than 50 miles (80 km)oryourtransmission will be damaged. If theselimitsmustbeexceeded,thenthereardrivewheelshave to besupportedonadolly. Ifyourvehiclehasthefour-wheel-driveoption,adolly the rear wheels when towing from the front. 5-8 MUST beusedunder Engine Overheating You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle inslrument panel. If Steam IS Coming From Your Engine: . ,, ..;., I , . , I ..,., $.$&<4g&&$'.:?,'$;;$ ~ ;,";,&,.,.& $&$&&%,+ . . KO714 1 I ,A Steamfromanoverheatedenginecanburnyoubadly,even if you if yousee or hear justopenthehood.Stayawayfromtheengine off andgeteveryoneawayfrom steamcomingfromit.Justturnit thevehicleuntilitcoolsdown.Waituntilthere is no signofsteamor coolantbeforeopeningthehood. If youkeepdrivingwhenyourengine is overheated,theliquidsinit cancatchfire. Youor otherscouldbebadlyburned.Stopyour is engine if itoverheats,andgetoutofthevehicleuntiltheengine cool. NCITICE 5-9 Problems on the Road If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine: If yougettheoverheatwarningbutsee or hearnosteam,theproblemmay too hotwhenyou: notbetooserious.Sometimestheenginecangetalittle Climbalonghillonahotday. Stopafterhighspeeddriving. Idleforlongperiods in traffic. Tow atrailer. If you get the overheat warning with no sign or so: ofsteam,trythisforaminute 1. If youhaveanairconditioner,turn it off. 2. Turnyourheater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the windowasnecessary. 3. If you're in atrafficjam,shift to N (Neutral). If younolongerhavetheoverheatwarning,youcandrive. Just to besafe, driveslowerforabouttenminutes.Ifthewarningdoesn'tcomebackon,you candrivenormally. If thewarningcontinues,pullover,stop,andparkyourvehiclerightaway. If there'sstillnosign ofsteam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheenginespeedis abouttwiceasfastasnormalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback to if thewarningstops. normalidlespeedafter two or threeminutes.Nowsee OFF THEENGINEANDGET Butthen, if you stillhavethewarning,TURN EVERYONE OUT OF THE VEHICLE until it cools down. Youmay decide not to lift the hood but to getservicehelprightaway. KO715 5-1 0 I Whenyoudecideit'ssafe to liftthehood,here'swhatyou'llsee: A. Coolantrecoverytank B. Radiatorpressurecap C. Enginefan If the coolant inside the coolantrecoverytankisboiling,don'tdoanything else until it coolsdown. Thecoolant level shouldbeat orabovethe ADD mark. If it isn't,youmay havealeak in theradiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiatororwaterpumpor somewhere else in the cooling system. I CAUTION Heaterandradiatorhoses,andotherengineparts,canbeveryhot. Don'ttouchthem. If youdo,youcanbeburned. If youruntheengine,itcould runtheengine if thereisaleak. looseallcoolant.That could causeanenginefire,andyoucouldbe burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle. NOTICF If thereseems to be noleak,start the engineagain to see if the fan runs off the when theenginedoes. If it doesn't,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn engine. 5-1 1 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank If youhaven’tfound a problemyet,butthecoolantlevelisn’tat or abovethe ADD mark,add a 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled)andthe properantifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank.(See“EngineCoolant”inthe Indexformoreinformationaboutthepropercoolantmix.) I CAUTION 4 Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous. Rain water, or someotherliquid,like alcohill, can boil before the proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mix. With plain water, or the wrong mix, your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use ‘a 5Q/Mmix of clean wafer and a proper antifreeze. NOTICE In cold weather,water can freeze and crack the en1 coreandother parts. Usetherecommendedcoolan I * CAUTION I I’ I You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant b contains ethylene glycol and it wil’l burn if the engine parts are hot enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine. Whenthecoolantinthecoolantrecoverytankisatorabovethe start your vehicle. ADD mark, If theoverheatwarningcontinues,there’sonemorethingyoucantry. canaddthepropercoolantmixdirectlytotheradiator,butbesurethe coolingsystem is coolbeforeyou doit. A Steamandscaldingliquidsfrom a hotcoolingsystemcanblowout andburnyoubadly.Theyareunderpressure,and ifyouturnthe radiatorpressurecap-even a little-theycancomeoutathigh speed.Neverturnthepressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem, including the radiator pressure cap, is hot. Waitforthecooling to cool ifyoueverhavetoturn systemandradiatorpressurecap thepressurecap. 5-1 2 You KO717 How to Add Coolant to the Radiator 1. You canremovetheradiatorpressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem, is nolonger includingtheradiator -pressure capandupperradiatorhose, hot. Turn thepressurecapslowly to theleftuntil it firststops.(Don’t If youheara“hiss,”waitfor pressdownwhileturningthepressurecap). that to stop. A “hiss’’meansthereis still somepressureleft. I KO7 2. Thenkeepturningthepressurecap,butnowpushdownasyouturn Removethepressurecap. 5-1 3 it. Pmb/ems on the Road c KO719 3. Filltheradiatorwiththeproper 4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytank mix,up to thebase of thefillerneck. to the ADD mark. 5. Put thecapbackonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleavetheradiator pressure cap off. KO720 6. Start theengineandlet it rununtilyoucan gettinghot.Watchoutfortheenginefan. feel theupperradiatorhose 7. By thistime,thecoolantlevelinsidetheradiatorfillerneckmaybe lower. If thelevel is lower,addmore of thepropermixthroughthefiller of thefillerneck. neckuntilthelevelreachesthebase 5-1 4 KO721 8. Thenreplacethepressurecap.Besurethearrowsonthepressurecap lineuplikethis. Engine Fan Noise Thisvehicle has aclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutchisengaged, thefanspinsfaster to providemoreairtocooltheengine. In mosteveryday drivingconditionstheclutchisnotengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomyand reduces fan noise.Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingandlorhigh So outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages. youmayhear anincrease in fannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnotbe It ismerelythe mistakenasthetransmissionslippingormakingextrashifts. coolingsystemfunctioningproperly.Thefanwillslowdownwhenadditional coolingisnotrequired and theclutchdisengages. Youmay alsohearthisfannoisewhenyoustarttheengine. asthefanclutchdisengages. It willgoaway If a Tire Goes Flat It’sunusualforatireto“blowout”whileyou’redriving,especiallyifyou atire,it’smuchmorelikelyto maintainyourtiresproperly. If airgoesoutof leakoutslowly.Butifyoushouldeverhavea“blowout,”hereareafewtips aboutwhattoexpectandwhattodo: If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward thatside.Takeyourfootofftheacceleratorpedalandgrip the steering wheel firmly.Steertomaintainlaneposition,thengentlybraketoastopwelloutof the traffic lane. 5-1 5 Problems on the Road A rearblowout,particularlyon a curve,actsmuchlike a skidand may, requirethesamecorrectionyou'dusein a skid. In anyrearblowout,remove yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrolbysteering to go. It maybeverybumpyandnoisy,but the wayyouwantthevehicle to a stop,well off theroad if possible. youcanstillsteer.Gentlybrake If yourtiregoesflat,thenextpartshowshowtouseyourjackingequipment tochange a flattiresafely. Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goesflat,avoidfurther tire andwheeldamagebydrivingslowlyto levelplace.Turnonyourhazardwarningflashers. a I CAUTION A Changing a tire cancauseaninjury.Thevehiclecan slip off the jack A and roll over you or other people. You andtheycoulldbebadly injured. Fin'd a level place to change your tire. To help prevent the vehiclefrommoving: I. Settheparkingbrakefirmly. 2. Puttheshiftleverin P (Park). 3. Shift a manualtransmissionto 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 4. If youhave a four-wheel-drivevehiclewith case shift lever,besurethetransfercaseis gear-not in N (Neutral). a manu'altransfer in a drive ' 5- Turn off the engine. To be even more certain the. vehick won'tmove,youcan put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being on the other side of thevehicle,at changed. That would be the tire the opposite end. 5-1 6 I AM545003 The following steps will Theequipmentyou'llneed the truck. tell you how to usethejackandchangeatire. is behind theseat. Your sparetire is stowedunder KO748 Jack Storage Your jack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocksarestored either on the center wall or along the right wall. behind thefrontseats, To removeyour jack cover, if youhaveone,turntheplasticwingnut left untilyoucan pull it out.Remove the jack cover. 5-1 7 to the To removethewheelblocks,iackandwheelwrench,turnthewinanut off. left.Pullthewheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench " to the KO756 Spare Tire 1 KO744 Your spare tire is storedunderneaththerear Underbody Carrier of yourvehicle. To helpavoidpersonalinjuryandpropertydamage,neverremove or restow a tire fromlto a stowage position under the vehicle while the vehicleissupported by a jack.Alwaystightenthe tire fullyagainst restowing. when vehicle of the underside the I KOi'63 5-1 9 Ppob/ems on the Road To Remove the Spare Tire r L KO745 Insertthechiselend of thewheelwrench,onanangle,intothehole rear bumper.Be sure the chisel end of thewheelwrenchconnects hoist shaft. in the into the KO747 Turnthewheelwrench to theleft to lowerthesparetire.Keepturningthe wheelwrenchuntilthesparetirecanbepulledoutfromunderthevehicle. Whenthetirehasbeencompletelylowered, tilt theretainerattheend cableandpull it throughthewheelopening.Pullthetireoutfromunderthe vehicle. 5-20 of the Changing the Tire Startwiththejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks. Rotate the jackhandle clockwise (to the right). That, will raise the jack a little. lift head I F F KO503 Before you start, block the front and rear onebeingchanged.Thenputyourspare 5-2 1 of the tire farthest awayfrom the tire neartheflattire. Pmb/ems on the Road Hub Caps And Wheel Nut Caps You willhavetotake off hubcapsorwheelnutcapstoreachyourwheel nuts. If youhaveindividualwheelnutcapsthatcovereachnut,theymustbe removed in order to getthewheelnuts.Usethesocketend of thewheel wrench to removethewheelnutcaps. Yourwheel nutcapsmayattachyourhubcap to the wheel.Removethese off thehubcap. wheelnutcapsbeforeyoutake If youhavejustanaluminum or plasticmoldedhubcap, pry it off withthe of themoldedplastichubcapshave chiselend of yourwheelwrench.Some imitationwheelnutsmoldedintothem.Thewheelwrenchwon'tfitthese of thewheel imitationnuts, so don'ttry to removethemwiththesocketend wrench. PO170 Using the wheelwrench,loosen all the wheelnuts.Don'tremovethemyet. 5-22 PO345 Position the jack under the vehicle. Your vehiclehasaholeintheframeneareachfrontwheel,andaholein thespringhangerneareachrearwheelforthejack.Fitthejackintothe hole nearest the flat tire. I CAUTION Gettingunderavehiclewhen it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicleslips off thejack,youcouldbebadlyinjuredorkilled.Never by ajack. getunderavehiclewhenitissupportedonly 5-23 1 Problems on the Road KO751 Raisethevehicle by rotatingthejackhandleclockwise. Raise thevehiclefar enough off--hke.-groundso there is enough.roomfor thesparetire to fit. \ d PO171 Removeallthewheelnutsandtakeofftheflattire. 5-24 I I CAUT'oN A 4 Rust or dirt on the wheel, or onthe parts to which it is fastened, can make the wheel nub become loose after a time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When you change a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, you can use a doth or apapertowel you to do this; but be sure to use a scraperorwirebrushlater,if need to, to get all the rust or dirt off. KO754 Removeanyrustordirtfromthewheelbolts,mountingsurfacesorspare wheel.Placethespareonthewheelmountingsurface. I L Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts. If you do, the nuts might comeloose.Yourwheel could fall off, causing a serious accident. Problems on the Road Putonthesparetire. KO755 Replacethewheelnutswiththeroundedend of thenutstowardthewheel. Tighteneachnutbyhanduntilthewheelisheldagainstthehub. _ ., . ,~ i ., , . 9,; .; - KO757 Lowerthevehiclebyrotatingthejackhandlecounterclockwise.Lowerthejack completely. 1 I KO758 Tightenthewheelnutsfirmly thewheelblocks. A in acriss-crosssequenceasshown.Remove Incorrectwheelnuts or improperlytightenedwheelnutscancause off. This could lead to thewheel to becomelooseandevencome anaccident.Besure to usethecorrectwheelnuts. If youhave to replacethem,besure to gettherightkind. Stopsomewhere as soonasyoucanandhavethenuts with a torquewrench to 95 ft. Ibs. (130 N.m ). tightened Storing The Tire in The Underbody Carrier Putthetireonthegroundattherear of thevehicle,withthevalvestem pointeddownand to the rear. Pull theretainingbarthroughthewheel. Put thechiselend of thewheel wrench,onan angle,throughthehole in therearbumperandintothehoist shaft.Turn the wheelwrenchclockwise until the tire is raisedagainstthe underside of the vehicle. You willheartwo“clicks”whenthe makesure. tire is secure, but pull onthe tire to 5-27 Problenrs on the Road KO546 Returnthejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblockstotheproperlocationbehind theseat.Securetheitemsandreplacethejackcover. I Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in thepassenger compartmentof thevehiclecouldcauseinjury. In asuddenstopor collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese in proper theplace. Compact Spare (If So Equipped) Althoughyourcompactsparewasfullyinflatedwhenthevehiclewasnew, it canloseairovertime.Checkitsinflationpressureregularly. It shouldbe 60 psi (420 kPa).Thecompactspareismade to goup to 3,000 miles (5000 km), so youcanfinishyour trip andgetanewtirewhereyouwant. a full-sizetire assoonasyou Ofcourse,it'sbesttoreplaceyoursparewith can.Yoursparewill lastlongerandbeingoodshape in caseyoueverneed itagain. 5-28 I NOTICE Don’tuseyourcompactspareonsomeothervehicle.Anddon’tmixyour compact spare or wheel with other wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your spareanditswheeltogether. I CAUTION I A ~~ ~ Storingajack,atire, or otherequipment in thepassenger compartment of the vehicle could causeinjury. In asuddenstop or collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese in the proper place. NOTICE 5-29 Pm6/ems on the Road If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or snow Whatyou don’t wanttodowhenyourvehicle is stuck is to spinyour wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelpyougetoutwhenyou’re stuck,butyoumustusecaution. ~ fi If you letyourtiresspin at high speed, theycanexplodeand you1 or others could beinjured.And, the transmiss’ion or other parts ofthe vehicle can overheat. That could cause an engine comparlme’nt fire or other damage.Whenyou’re stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible. Don’t spin the wheelsabove 35 rnph 1(55krn/h) as shown oln thespeedometer. Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out: First, turn yoursteeringwheelleftandright.Thatwillcleartheareaaround R (Reverse)anda yourfront wheels.Then shiftbackandforthbetween 1 (First)or 2 (Second) forwardgear(orwithamanualtransmission,between gearand R (Reverse),spinningthewheelsaslittleaspossible.Releasethe acceleratorpedalwhileyoushift,andpresslightly on theacceleratorpedal If thatdoesn’tgetyououtafterafewtries, whenthetransmissionisingear. if your youmayneed to betowed out. Or,youcanuseyourrecoveryhooks, vehiclehasthem. If you do need to betowedout,see“TowingYourVehicle’’ intheIndex. 5-30 Using the Recovery Hooks If youevergetstuck in sand,mud, ice orsnow,your venicie may De equippedwithrecoveryhooks.Therecoveryhooksareprovidedatthefront to usethem if you'restuckoff-roadandneed ofyourvehi'cle.Youmayneed to be pulled to someplacewhereyoucancontinuedriving. CAUTION Therecoveryhooks,whenused,areunderalot of force.Always thevehiclestraightout.Never pull on thehooksatasideways off andyouorotherscouldbeinjured angle.Thehookscouldbreak fromthe chain orcablesnappingback. 5-31 I NOTICE 5-32 - Service & Appearance Care Section Hereyouwill find informationaboutthecare of yourvehicle.Thispartbegins withserviceand fuel information,andthen it showshow to checkimportant is alsotechnicalinformationaboutyour fluidandlubricantlevels.There vehicle,andasectiondevoted to its appearancecare. Service ..........,.,..r.l.......,... . .....,,........,....,......................,. ...............=................=..... 6-3 Fuel ......................,................................................... ,..,, ,..................*....,.........6-4 Hood .................................................................,..... 6-7 Checking Things Under the .......,. .... 6-9 Engine Oil I.....................1............11..........,.......,.,..I...................r............. Air Cleaner..................,................................................. .............-.........- ...........6-14 Automatic Transmission Fluid ........................-............ ....................................6-16 Manual Transmission Fluid....,.,.......................... ..........................................6-19 Hydraulic Clutch ,..........,......,....,..........I...I....I.................................................6-20 -.................6-21 Rear Axle ............ ..................... .............I...............I..I........................ = Transfer Case ................................................,.~...............................................6-21 Front Axle .......I.............I......I.....................r..........I...r..................I......I.II...I......6-22 Engine Coolant........................... Power Steering Fluid.....,. ~ ................................. r..l................................6-23 .....................................................................6-27 3.,Iri.1111r ...................................................... ....................6-28 .. ............................................. .6-29 Brake Master Cylinder.................... 6-30 Replacing Brake System Parts ............................................................,..........,.. WindshieldWasherFluid 6-1 Service & Appearance Care Battery .................................................................................................................. 6-31 ...................................................................................................6-31 Bulb Replacement ...............................................................................................6-31 Other Maintenance Items ...................................................................................6-34 Loading Your Vehicle .......................................................................................... 6-38 Tires...................................................................................................................... 6-43 Appearance Care ................................................................................................ 6-50 6-57 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ................................................................... Service Parts Identification Label ......................................................................6-59 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ................................................................................ 6-59 Capacities and Specification Charts ..................................................................6-61 Vehicle Storage 6-2 t Service Your GeneralMotorsdealerknowsyourvehiclebestandwantsyoutobe happywithit.Wehopeyou’llgo to yourdealerforallyourserviceneeds. You’llgetgenuineGMpartsandGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople. We hope you’ll want to keepyourGMvehicleallGM. thesemarks: GM partshaveone Doing Your Own Service Work If youwantto do someofyourown service work, you’ll want to get the properGeneralMotorsServiceManual.Ittellsyoumuchmoreabouthowto To ordertheproperservice serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan. manual,see“ServicePublications” in theIndex. You shouldkeep a recordwithallpartsreceiptsandlistthemileageand date ofanyserviceworkyouperform.See“MaintenanceRecord” Index. inthe Yolu can be injured if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowingenou’glhaboutit. 9 @~ Besureyouhavesufficient know18edge,experience, andthe proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task. Be sure touseth’epropernuts,boltsandotherfasteners. “English”and“metric” fasEeners can be easilyconfused. If you use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break ‘ar fall off. You couldbehurt. 6-3 of Service & Appearance Care 1 you try to do your own service work without knowing enough 'OUI ehicle could bedamaged. Fuel 6-4 abol If you’re using fuelratedat 91 octaneorhigherandyoustillhearheavy if youheara little knocking,yourengineneedsservice.Butdon’tworry pinging noise whenyou’reacceleratingordrivingupahill.That’snormal,and youdon’thave to buyahigheroctane fuel to getrid of pinging.It’sthe heavy, constantknockthatmeansyouhaveaproblem. Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,such MTBE or alcohol? MTBE is “methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthat fine for your vehicle. is nomorethan Ethanol is ethylorgrainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthat 10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle. as 15% MTBE is is nomorethan Methanol is methyl orwoodalcohol. il -uelthat is more than 5% methanol is badforyourvehicle.Don’tuse an corrodemetal parts in your fuel systemandalsodamage plastic ma rubberparts.Thatdamagewouldn’tbecoveredunderyour Waand corrosion Znd even at 5% orless,theremustbe“cosolvent! Ireventers in this fuel to helpavoidtheseproblem! ’ I “ Gasolines for Cleaner Air Youruseof gasolinewithdetergentadditiveswill help preventdepositsfrom forming in yourengineand fuel system.Thathelpskeepyourengine in tune andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly.It’sgoodforyourvehicle, and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air. Manygasolinesarenowblendedwithmaterials called oxygenates.General Motorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblendingmaterials, so, youcanhelpclean the air, suchasMTBEandethanol.Bydoing especially in thoseparts of thecountrythathave high carbonmonoxide levels. In addition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated gasolines.Thesegasolinesarespeciallydesigned to reducevehicle emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline. of the By doing so, youcanhelpcleantheair,especiallyinthoseparts countrythathavehighozonelevels. if their gasolines contain You shouldaskyourservicestationoperators detergentsandoxygenates,and if theyhavebeenreformulated to reduce vehicleemissions. 6-5 Service & Appearance Care Fuels in Foreign Countries If youplanondrivinginanothercountryoutsidethe US. orCanada, If youuse unleadedfuel may behard to find. Do notuseleadedgasoline. evenonetankful,youremissioncontrolswon’tworkwell oratall.With continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode, and your engine oil can deteriorate quickly. Your vehicle’s three-way catalytic All ofthatmeanscostly converterandoxygensensorwillbedamaged. repairs that wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. To checkonfuelavailability,askanautoclub,orcontact a majoroil companythatdoesbusinessinthecountrywhereyou’llbedriving. Youcan alsowriteusatthefollowingaddressforadvice. you’regoingandgiveyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN). GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited InternationalExportSales P.O. Box 828 Oshawa,Ontario LIH 7N1, Canada Just tell uswhere Filling Your Tank A Gasoline vapor is highlyflammable. It burnsviolently, and that can causevery bad injuries. Don’t smoke if you’renear g’asoline or aefuel’ingyourvehicle.Keepsparks,flames,andsmokingmaterials away 6-6 I Thefuelcapisbehind a hingeddoorontheleftside ofyourvehicle. To take off thecap,turnitslowlytotheleft(counterclockwise). CAUTION If you get gawline on you and then1something1 ignites it, you lcould be badly burned. Easolli’ne can spray out on youif you open the fuel filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen if your tank isne,arly fiulll, andis momrelikely in hot weather. Open the fu~elfiller cap slbwly an8dwarit for any “’hiss” mise to stop. unscrew Then the cap all the way. Whenyouputthecapbackon,turn noise. it to therightuntil I you hear a clicking NOTICE Checking n i n g s Under the Hood KO605 6-7 Service & Appearance Care Hood Release To openthehood,firstpullthehandleinsidethevehicleonthelowerleft go tothefront of thevehicleandrelease sideoftheinstrumentpanel.Then thesecondaryhoodrelease.Liftthehood,releasethehoodpropfrom its retainerandputthehoodpropintotheslotinthehood. Youmay have a lightthat comesonwhenyouliftthehood. L L Thing'sthatburn can .get on hotenginepartsand s'hrt a fire.These includeliqwidslikegasoline,oil, coolant, brakefluid, windshiield washer and .other fluids, and plastic oir rubber. You or others could be blurned. Be careful not to drop or spill thing.s that will bum onto a hot eng,ine. Beforeclosingthehood,besureallthefillercapsare thehoodtorelievepressureonthehoodprop. onproperly.Thenlift Removethehoodpropfromtheslotinthehoodandreturntheproptoits it firmly. retainer.Thenjust pull thehooddownandclose 6-8 I I Engine Oil It'sagoodidea to checkyourengine oil leveleverytimeyougetfuel.In order to getanaccuratereading,theoilmustbewarmandthevehiclemust beonlevelaround. a KO609 Turn off theengineandgivetheoilafewminutestodrainbackintotheoil show theactuallevel. pan. If youdon't,theoildipstickmightnot 6-9 Service & Appearance Care -- *I KO61 0 . To CheckEngine Oil: Pulloutthedipstickandclean it withapapertowel orcloth,thenpushitback in allthe way.Removeitagain,keeping thetip lower. When to Add Oil: If the oil isatorbelowtheADDline,thenyou’llneed addsomeoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thissectionexplainswhat kind of oil to use.Forcrankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications” in theIndex. to I NOTICE I Just till it enough to put the levelsomewhere in theproperoperatingrange. Pushthedipstick all the wayback in whenyou’rethrough. 6-1 0 KO704 What Kind of Oil to Look for three things: Use; SG or combinedwith “SG”mustbeontheoilcontainer,eitherbyitself “SF, SG,CC”, otherqualitydesignations,suchas“SG/CC,”“SG/CD,” of etc.TheselettersshowAmericanPetroleumInstitute(API)levels quality. NOTICE 6-1 1 Service & Appearance Care . . 1 ---- SAE 1OW-30 .. .. _. , ... .. Ib NEITH€H SA€ 5W-30 NOR SAE 1OW-30 GRADE OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 30 GRADE MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURFS ABOVE 40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C). DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40, SAE 20W-50 OL. ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED 1 PO344 SAE 5W-30 As shown in this chart, SAE 5W-30isbestforyourvehicle.However, you can use SAE IOW-30 if it's going to be 0°F (-18°C)or above. oil container show itsviscosity, or thickness. Do Thesenumbersonan notuseotherviscosityoilssuchas SAE1OW-40 or SAE2OW-50. 6-1 2 I EnergyConserving II Oils with these words on the container will help you save fuel. Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol)isused you select the correct oil. You shouldlookfor display the logo. on mostoilcontainers this onthe oil container,anduse GM Goodwrench@ oil (inCanada,GMEngineOil)meets for your vehicle. Engine Oil Additives: Don’taddanythingtoyouroil. somethingshouldbeadded. YourGM dealerisready to help only thoseoilsthat all therequirements to advise if youthink When to Change Engine c ) k Seeifanyoneoftheseistrueforyou: Mosttripsarelessthan4miles (6 km). It’sbelowfreezingoutsideandmosttripsarelessthan (16km). Theengine is at lowspeedmostofthetime(as or in stop-and-go traffic). 10 miles in door-to-doordelivery, You towatraileroften. Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces. Thevehicle is frequentlyoperatedoff-road. If anyoneoftheseistrueforyourvehicle,youneedtochangeyour filter every 3,000 miles (5000 km) or 3 months-whichevercomes oil and first. If none of them are true, change the oil every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12 months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilteratthefirst oil change and at every other oil change after that. If your vehicle has 4-wheel drive, you ,will have a remote oil filter located underthehood. It ismountedtothefrontleftinnerfender,behindthe headlights. Engine Block Heater: Anengineblockheatercanbea big help if youhave to parkoutside in very coldweather, -0°F (-18°C) or colder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see “EngineBlockHeater” in theIndex. 6-1 3 ngine Service & Appearance Cam What to Do with Used Oil: I-A I Usedengine oil containsthingsthathavecausedskincancerin laboratoryanimals.Don’tletused oil stayonyourskinforverylong. Cleanyourskinandnailswithsoapandwater, or agoodhand or ragscontaining cleaner.Washorproperlythrowawayclothing used I Used oil canbearealthreattotheenvironment. If youchangeyourown oil, besuretodrain all free-flowing oil from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever disposeof oil byputting it in thetrash,pouring it ontheground,intosewers, or intostreams or bodiesofwater.Instead,recycle it bytaking it to a place ofyourused oil, ask thatcollectsusedoil. If youhaveaproblemdisposing or alocalrecyclingcenterforhelp. yourdealer,aservicestation Air Cleaner I I KO618 To removetheroundaircleanerfilterforthe2.5L(VIN A), 2.8L (VIN R), and 4.3L(VIN Z) engines,turnthewingnutcounterclockwise.Removethecover and change the filter. Care should be taken during reassembly to ensure that the cover is on straight and the wingnut properly tightened. To removethesquareaircleanerfilterforthe4.3L(VIN W) high performance engine,loosenbothwingnuts(oneontheductandoneonthecover). 6-1 4 I I PO267 Lifttheaircleanerassemblyupfromthevehicle.Openbothclampsand lift off cover to change the filter. While reassembling the air cleaner assembly, ensure that the air cleaner cover tabs are fully inserted into the slots in the PCV air tube is air cleaner housing, the two wingscrews are secure, and the properlyseated in thelefthandvalve cover. Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhen to replacetheair cleanerfilter.See"ScheduledMaintenanceServices'' in theIndex. I I 4 i I Operating thie engine with the air cleaner off cancauseyou or others to be burned. The air deaner not only cleans the air, it stops filame if the engine backfires. If it isn'tthere, and the englinle backfires, yolu could beburned. Doin't drivewith it and be careful wor'king oin the enlgine with tiheair cleane:r off. d I YOTICE i g I 6-1 5 Service & Appearance Care Automatic Transmission Fluid When to Check and Change: A goodtimetocheckyourautomatictransmission fluid leveliswhenthe engineoilischanged.RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhen tochangeyourfluid.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”intheIndex. How to Check: Becausethisoperationcanbealittledifficult,youmaychoosetohavethis doneat adealershipServiceDepartment. Ifyou do ityourself,besuretofollowalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould getafalsereadingonthedipstick. I NOTICE Waitatleast 30minutesbeforechecking havebeendriving: the transmissionfluidlevel Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove if you 90°F (32°C). At highspeedforquiteawhile. Inheavytraffic-especially in hot weather. Whilepullingatrailer. To gettherightreading,thefluidmustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature, whichis180°Fto200°F(82°C to 93°C). To checktransmissionfluid hot: Getthevehiclewarmedupbydriving 50°F (10°C). If about 15 miles (24 km)whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove it’scolderthen 50°F (IO’C), drivethevehicle in D (3rd gear)untilthe temperaturegagemovesandthenremainssteadyfortenminutes.Then follow the hot check procedures. To checktransmissionfluid cold: A coldcheckismadeafterthevehicle hasbeensittingforeighthoursormorewiththeengine offand isused only as a reference.Lettheenginerunatidleforfiveminutes if outside (lO°C), you temperaturesare 50°F (10°C) or more. If it’scolderthan50°F mayhavetoidletheenginelonger. A hotcheckmustfollowwhenfluidis addedduringacoldcheck. 6-1 6 I or cold: Parkyourvehicleonalevelplace. Placetheshiftleverin P (Park)withtheparkingbrakeapplied. Withyour foot onthebrakepedal,move the shiftleverthrougheach gearrange,pausingforaboutthreeseconds in eachrange.Then, position theshiftlever in P (Park). Let theenginerunat idle for three minutesormore. Then,withoutshutting off the engine, follow these steps: To check the fluid hot NO031 1. Pulloutthedipstickandwipe it withacleanrag orpapertowel. I-----PO164 6-1 7 Service & Appearance Care If youhavea4.3Lengine,youwillhaveaflip-tophandle.Flipthe handleupandthenpulloutthedipstickandwipe it cleanwitharagor paper towel. 2. Pushitback in allthe way,wait threesecondsandthenpullitbackout again.Fliptophandleshouldremaininopenposition. c PO165 3. Checkbothsides of thedipstick,andreadthelowerlevel.Thefluid level mustbeintheCOLDareaforacoldcheckor in theHOTareaor cross-hatched area for a hot check. all the 4. If thefluid.leveliswhereitshouldbe,pushthedipstickbackin way. If youhaveaflip-tophandle,flipthehandledown to lock it inplace. How To Add Fluid: Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transmission fluidtouse.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex. If thefluidlevelis low, addonlyenoughoftheproperfluidtobringthelevel up to theCOLDareaforacoldcheckortheHOTareaforahotcheck. doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthanapint.Don’toverfill. We recommendyouuseonlyfluidlabeledDEXRON@lIE,becausefluidswiththat labelaremadeespeciallyforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecausedby fluidotherthanDEXRON@IIEisnotcoveredbyyournewvehiclewarranty. Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevelasdescribedunder“How Check”. To Whenthecorrectfluidlevelisobtained,pushthedipstickbackin way. Flipthehandledown if youhaveaflip-tophandle. all the 6-1 8 1 It Manual Transmission Fluid When to Check: A goodtimetohaveitcheckediswhentheengineoilischanged.However, thefluidinyourmanualtransmissiondoesn’trequirechanging. How to Check: Becausethisoperationcanbealittledifficult,you maychoosetohavethis doneata GM dealershipServiceDepartment. If you do ityourself,besuretofollowalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould getafalsereading. Checkthefluidlevelonlywhenyourengineisoff,thevehicle is parked on a levelplaceandthetransmissioniscoolenoughforyoutorestyourfingers onthetransmissioncase. Then, follow these steps: PO336 1. Removethefillerplug. 2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel is up to thebottomofthefillerplughole. 3. If thefluidlevelisgood,installtheplugandbesureit is fullyseated. If thefluidlevelis low, add morefluidasdescribed 6-1 9 in thenextsteps. Service & Amearance Cam How to Add Fluid: Here’show to addfluid.Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodetermine what kind of fluidto use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”inthe Index. 1.Removethefillerplug. 2. Add fluidatthefillerplughole. Add onlyenoughfluidtobringthefluid leveluptothebottom ofthefillerplughole. 3. Installtheplug.Besureitisfullyseated. Hydraulic Clutch Thehydraulicclutchinyourvehicleisself-adjusting. [1/4 (6 mm)-112 inch(13mm)]inthepedalisnormal. A slightamountofplay When to Check and What to Use: i c PO257 RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftenyoushouldcheck thefluidlevelinyourclutchmastercylinderreservoirandwhat to add.See “OwnerChecksandServices”and“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”in theIndex. How to Check: Theproperfluidshouldbeadded if theleveldoesnotreachthebottom of instructions onthe thediaphragmwhen it’sinplaceinthereservoir.Seethe reservoir cap. 6-20 I Rear Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant: Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehow often to checkthe lubricantandwhen to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex. How to Check Lubricant: KO996 If the level is belowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneed to add somelubricant.Addenoughlubricant to raisethelevel to thebottom of the filler plug hole. What to Use: Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkind of lubricant to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants” in theIndex. Four- Wheel Drive Mostlubricantchecks in thissectionalsoapply to four-wheeldrivevehicles. However, theyhavetwoadditionalsystemsthatneedlubrication. Transfer Case When to Check Lubricant: Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften to checkthe in the Index. lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections” 6-21 .. . ... . ,- Service & Appearance Care _ .. How to Check Lubricant: I- - KO997 If the level is belowthebottomofthefillerplughole,you’llneedtoadd somelubricant. Add enoughlubricanttoraisetheleveltothebottom filler plug hole. What to Use: Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex. of lubricant to Front Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant: RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentocheckthe lubricantandwhentochangeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”in theIndex. 6-22 of the How to Check Lubricant: I i KO998 If thelevelisbelowthebottom somelubricant. of thefillerplughole,you’llneed to add If the differential is atoperatingtemperature(warm),addenoughlubricantto raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole. If thedifferentialiscold,addenoughlubricant (12 mm)belowthefillerplughole. to raisethelevel to 1/2inch What to Use: Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex. Engine Coolant Thefollowingexplainsyourcoolingsystemandhow to addcoolantwhen low. If youhave a problemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine Overheating’’ in theIndex. The proper coolant for your vehicle will: Givefreezingprotectiondownto-20°F (-29°C) or -34°F(-37°C)for Canadian vehicles and vehicles with the cold climate option. Giveboilingprotectionup to 258°F (125°C). Protectagainstrustandcorrosion. Helpkeep the properenginetemperature. Letthewarninglights and gagesworkastheyshould. 6-23 it is t Service & Appearance Care What to Use: Useamixture of cleanwater(preferablydistilled)andantifreezethatmeets “GMSpecification6038-M,” whichwon’tdamagealuminumparts.Alsouse a completecoolantchange.If GMEngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)with youusethese,youdon’tneed to addanythingelse. I I Addingonly plain water to yourcoolingsystemcanbedangerous. Plain water,orsomeother liquidlikealcohol,canboilbeforethe proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mix. With plain water or thewrongmix,your engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning. Yourengine couldcatchfireandyou orotherscouldbeburned.Use a 50/50 mix of clean waterandaproperantifreeze. NOTICE useanimpropercoolantmix,yourenginecouldoverheatand badly damaged. The repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your warranty muchwater in the mixcanfreezeandcracktheengine,radiator,hea core and other part J ... I be Someconditions,suchasairtrapped in thecoolingsystem,canaffectthe coolantlevelintheradiator.Checkthecoolantlevelwhentheengineiscold and follow the steps under “Adding Coolant” for the proper way to add coolant. If youhave to add coolant more than four times a year, have your dealer check your cooling system. ’‘ you use the proper coolant, you don’thave to add extra inhibitors cauditiveswhichclaim to improvethesystem.Thesecanbeharmful. ~ ~~~~~ 6-24 Adding Coolant KO625 To CheckCoolant:Whenyourengine is cold,thecoolantlevelshouldbeat ADD, ora little higher.Whenyourengine is warm, thelevelshouldbe up to FULL HOT, ora little higher. To Add Coolant: If youneedmorecoolant,addthepropermixatthe coolantrecoverytank. A Turningtheradiatorpressurecapwhentheengineandradiatorare hotcanallowsteamandscaldingliquids to blowoutandburnyou badly.With thecoolantrecoverytank,youwillalmostneverhaveto addcoolantattheradiator. Never turn theradiatorpressure cap-evenalittle-when theengineandradiatorarehot. Add coolantmixattherecoverytank,butbecarefulnottospillit. A You canbeburned if youspillcoolantonhotengineparts.Coolant containsethyleneglycol,and it willburn if theenginepartsarehot enough.Don’tspillcoolantonahotengine. 6-25 Service & Appearance Care Radiator Pressure Cap KO721 Whenyoureplaceyourradiatorpressurecap,an AC@ capisrecommended. See“ServiceReplacementPartandFilterRecommendations” in theIndex. Thermostat Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat in the engine coolant flow of coolant through the radiator until the system.Thethermostatstopsthe coolant reaches a preset.temperature. Whenyoureplaceyourthermostat,an AC@ thermostat is recommended. 6-26 Power Steering Fluid How To Check Power Steering Fluid: Unscrewthecapandwipethedipstickwithacleanrag.Replacethecap andcompletelytighten it. Thenremovethecapagainandlookat level on thedipstick. Whentheenginecompartment mark. is hot,thelevelshouldbeatthe Whentheenginecompartment COLDmark. is cool,thelevelshouldbe What to Add: Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants”intheIndex. NOTICE 6-27 the fluid HOT at the FULL fluid to use. Service & Appearance Care Windshield Washer Fluid To Add: Openthecaplabeled bottle is full. WASHER FLUID ONLY. Addwasher fluiduntilthe 6-28 Brake Master Cylinder Your brakemastercylinder is here. It is filled with DOT-3 brakefluid. PO775 So, it isn’ta good idea to “top off” yourbrakefluid.Addingbrake fluid won’t correctaleak. If youaddfluidwhenyourliningsareworn,thenyou’llhave too much fluid whenyougetnewbrakelinings.Youshouldadd(orremove) brakefluid,asnecessary,onlywhenwork is doneonthebrakehydraulic system. system. hydraulic brake the it canspill on theengine.Thefluid Ifyouhavetoomuchbrakefluid, will burn if theengineishotenough.Youorothers could be burned, andyourvehiclecould bedamaged.Addbrake fluidonly whenwork onis done I RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhen to checkyourbrake fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections” in theIndex. 6-29 Service & Appearance Care To Check Brake Fluid: You can check the brake fluid without taking off the cap. Just look at the MIN. If windowsonthebrake fluid reservoir.Thefluidlevelsshouldbeabove theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemchecked to see if thereisaleak. Afterworkisdoneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare above MIN andbelowthetop ofeachwindow. What To Add Whenyou do needbrakefluid,useonlyDOT-3brakefluid-suchasDelco Supreme 11 (GMPart No. 1052535). Usenewbrake fluid fromasealed container only. @ Replacing Brake System Parts Thebrakingsystemonamodernvehicle is complex. Its many partshave to beof top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking. Vehicleswe designandtesthavetop-quality GMbrake parts in it isnew.Whenyoureplace parts of your them,asyourvehicledoeswhen braking system-forexample,whenyourbrake linings weardownandyou have to havenewonesputin-besureyougetnewgenuineGM replacementparts. If youdon’t,yourbrakesmaynolongerworkproperly.For example, if someoneputs in brakeliningsthatarewrongforyourvehicle,the balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse.The brakingperformanceyou’vecome to expectcanchange in many other ways if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts. Fluid Leak Check Afterthevehiclehasbeenparkedforawhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe vehicle for water, oil, fuel or otherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenused is normal.Ifyou noticefuelleaks orfumes, thecausesshouldbefoundandcorrectedatonce. 6-30 . .. Battery EverynewGMvehiclehasaDelcoFreedombattery. You neverhavetoadd watertooneofthese.When it’s timeforanewbattery,werecommenda DelcoFreedombattery.Getonethathasthecatalognumbershown on the originalbattery’slabel. Vehicle Storage If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 daysormore,take off the black,negative (-) cablefromthebattery.Thiswillhelpkeepyourbattery fromrunningdown. Batterieshaveacidthatcanburnyouandgasthatcanexplode. canbebadlyhurt if youaren’tcareful.See“JumpStarting” Indexfortipsonworkingaroundabatterywithoutgettinghurt. Yo1 in the Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle for longer storage periods.Formoreinformation,contactyourdealer’sservicedepartment,or write to: Adistra Corporation 171HamiltonStreet Plymouth,MI48170 In Canada,writeto: GeneralMotors ofCanada, Limited CustomerServicesDepartment Oshawa,Ontario L I J 526 Canada Bulb Replacement Halogen Bulbs CAUTION Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if y ~ drop u or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured.Takespecialcare halogen bulbs. disposing handling ofwhen and IA Beforeyoureplaceanybulbs,besurethata engineisn’trunning. 6-31 I Service & Appearance Care Headlights KO993 1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer. 2. Pull theheadlight out andremovetheretainer. 3. Unplugtheheadlight. 4. Pluginthe new bulbandput it inplace. 5. Installtheretainer to theheadlight. 6. Installthescrews. Front ParkingfTurn Signal Lights KO663 1. Reachunderandbehindtheparkingkurnsignallightassembly. 6-32 i 2. Turn the socketcounterclockwiseand pull itout. 3. Turn the bulbcounterclockwiseandpullitout 4. Putthenewbulbinthesocketandturn 5. Putthesocketbackinto untilitlocksinplace. of thesocket. it clockwiseuntilit is tight. the assemblyandturnthesocketclockwise Rear Lights a KO635 1. Openthetailgate. 2. Removethescrewsfromthelightassembly. 3. Pull theassemblyawayfromthefender. 4. Turnthesocketcounterclockwise to remove it. .If the sockethasatab, push the tab in whileyouturn the socket. 5. Turn the bulbcounterclockwise to remove it. 6. Putthenewbulbinto the socketandturnthebulbclockwise. 7. Putthesocketintothelightassemblyandturnthesocketclockwiseuntil it locks in place. 8. Installthelightassemblyandscrews. 9. Close thetailgate. 6-33 Service & Appearance Care Other Maintenance Items Hydraulic Clutch Grease Fitting If youhavethe 4.3L (VIN code Z) enginewithamanualtransmission,a grease fitting is on the clutch housing for lubricating the clutch fork ball stud. RefertotheMaintenanceScheduleforinformationonhowtolubricatethe clutchhousing,andwhattypeoflubricanttouse.Besurenottoover-fill becauseyoucould damage yourclutch. Front Suspension and Steering Linkage Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentolubricatethe fittingsandwhattypeoflubricanttouse. Front Wheel Bearings (Two-Wheel Drive) If yourvehicleistwo-wheeldrive,ithaswheelbearingsthatmustbecleaned andrepacked. Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule done. to determinehowoftenthismustbe Single Belt Accessory Drive Yournewvehicleusesaserpentinebeltthat systemswithseveralbelts. is lighter,andmoredurablethan on theengine. A tensioner is used The belt runs over or around the pulleys to keep the belt tight at all times.Thetensioneralsomakesreplacingthe belteasier. If youneedtoreplacethebelt,besuretogetthecorrect replacementbelt.Yourdealershiporpartssuppliercanhelpyouwiththis. TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabelonyourvehiclewillshowyouhowto route the belt your vehicle uses. 6-34 Windshield Wiper Blade Inserts i :-, ;iyy ?-is;+;.-,. . . , ' &!!f$i& .. . l'jf:. j<-:q;* j';gi3f47!:;I' i. , . .. b,(..;',$ . 1 .. . PO172 6-58 Service Parts Identification Label Service Parts Identification Fuses and Circuit Breakers Thewiringcircuits in yourvehicleareprotectedfromshortcircuits by a combination of fuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinks in thewiring itself.Thisgreatlyreducesthechance of firescausedbyelectricalproblems. 6-59 I Service & Appearance Cave Headlights Theheadlightwiringisprotectedbyacircuitbreakerinthelightswitch.An electricaloverloadwillcausethelightstogo on and off, orinsomecasesto remain off. If thishappens,haveyourheadlightwiringcheckedrightaway. Windshield Wipers Thewindshieldwipermotorisprotectedbyacircuitbreakerandafuse. themotoroverheatsduetoheavysnow,etc.,thewiperwillstopuntilthe motorcools. If theoverloadiscausedbysomeelectricalproblemandnot snow,etc.,besuretoget it fixed. If Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuitbreakersinthefusepanelprotectthepowerwindowsandotherpower too heavy,thecircuitbreakeropens accessories.Whenthecurrentloadis andcloses,protectingthecircuituntiltheproblemisfixedorgoesaway. Trailer Wiring Harness Theoptionalseven-wiretrailerwiring I ;s isprotectedby an in-linefuse inthebatteryfeedwire.Thisfuseisnearrhejunctionblock.See“Trailer & Controls’’section. WiringHarness”inthe“Features Fuse Block .-:- .: 1 .-. KO631 Thefuseblock is intheinstrumentpanelonthedriver’sside. Removethecoverwithascrewdriverandthenyoucanremovefuseswitha fuseextractor. 6-60 Besure to usethecorrectfuse. If youeverhaveaproblemontheroadand don’t have a spare fuse, you can “borrow” one of the correct value. Just pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without-like the radio or if it is of thevalueyouneed.Replace it cigarettelighter-anduseitsfuse, assoon as youcan.See“FusesandCircuitBreakers” in thissection. Cap cities and Specification Charts Replac -merit Parts Replacementpartnumberslisted in thissection are basedonthelatest informationavailableatthetime of printing,and are subject to change. If a partlisted in this manualisnotthesameasthepartused in yourvehicle when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyourGMtruck dealer. Engine Identification DESCRIPTION Engine L4 Liter DisplaceType ment 2.5L 2.8L V6 V6 4.3L V6 4.3L *ThrottleBodyInjection “CentralPortInjection I ENGINE VJN Cde A R Fuel Svstem TBI* TBI* Z TBI* CPI** W Produced BY U.S. us. Emissions L.D. L.D. Canada Mexico US. U.S. L.D. L.D. TO263 Wheel Nut Torque DESCRIPTION Base or Optional Wheel TORQUE 95 ft. Ibs. (130 Nam) TO303 6-61 Service & Appearance Care Cooling Sysfem Capacity QUANTITY heater Without rear CODE ENGINE VIN A 2.5L 2.8L R Z 4.3L 4.3L W *All quantitiesareapproximate. MUST checked. be level the refill, *After 11.5 Quarts (11 Liters) 10.5 Quarts (10 Liters) 12.1Quarts(11.5Liters) 12.1Quarts(11.5Liters) TO266 Crankcase Capacity I I ENGINE CODE VIN Without Filter 2.5L I A I 3 Quarts (2.8 Liters) R 2.8L 4 Quarts(3.8Liters) Z 4.3L 4 Quarts(3.8Liters) 4.3L I W I 4 Quarts(3.8Liters) *All quantities are approximate. MUST bechecked. *Afterrefill,thelevel I I I Filter With 3.5 Quarts (3.3 Liters) 4.5Quarts(4.3 Liters) 4.5Quarts(4.3Liters) 4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters) I I TO267 Fuel Tank Capacify TYPE Standard Tank Available on some 2WD Pickups Gallon13 *All quantitiesareapproximate. Gallons 20 QUANTITY (76 Liters) ‘50 Liters) i TO262 6-62 Lamp and Bulb Data Lam And Bulb Data 6-63 Service & Appearance Cam Lamp And Bulb Data I 1 ExteriorLamps Quantity CheckGagesIndicator' DaytimeRunningLights Indicator' . . DaytimeRunningLightsIndicator2 ChargingSystemIndicator' HighBeamIndicator' High - Beamlndicato? Illumination' Cluster Instrument 6 3 Engine (Service Malfunction Lamp Indicator 1 PC74 .7 Soon)' MalfunctionIndicatorLamp(ServiceEngine Soon)' or'" Belt Seat 1 94 2 Indicator Shift (PRNDL)' 1 942 Band' Warning Tachometer 1 94 2 Signal Turn 2 .7 dicator' Upshift Indicator2 Upshift 2 'With StandardInstrumentCluster'WithDigitalInstrumentCluster I 6-64 1 Trade No. PC1 94 PC174 PC1 94 PC168 I pc194 PC1 PC1 PC1 PC74 PC194 Service Replacement Part an'd Filter Recommendations Oil Filter Air Cleaner Filter PCV Valve 1 Radsiator Spark* ; RC36 2.8L(R) A773C CV78@C 4.3L (Z) PF51 I A1163C I CV892C 4.3L CW) *Usecopper-coredresistortypesparkplugs. **Usedontwowheeldrivem!odels. .R43TSK .CR43TS .CR43TS I I I GF481 GF481 GF481 RC36 TO277 Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity 2.50 TYPE C-60 R-12 *All Quantities Are Approximate SYSTEM WANTITY' Ibs. (1.134 kg) TO365 Air Conditioning Refrigerants Notallairconditio'ningrefrigerantsarethesame. Iftheairconditioning system in your vehimcle needs lefrigerant, besure the pro'perrefriaerant is used.Ifyou're not w e , .ask your GM dealer. 6-65 ." . I I Service & Appearance Care 3 PO356 6-66 Fuses and Circuit Breakers Name Inst.Lps. Pwr.Acc. Horn-DM Ign.-Gages Crank Stop-Haz. TailLps Turn-BIU HeaterINC Radio ECM B ECM I Pwr.Wndw. Wiper Brake DRL CircuitsProtected InstrumentPanelLights,Headlight WarningBuzzer,AshTrayLight,Four WheelDriveIndicatorLight,FogLight SwitchLight PowerDoorLocks,CDPlayer,Electric Shift Transfer Case Horn,DomeLights,GloveBoxLight, Clock,Lighter,LightedVanityMirror, FogLamp,CourtesyLights,Outside RearviewMlrror IndicatorLightsandGages,Auto. TransmissionconverterClutch,Cruise Control,FourWheelDriveIndicator Light,SeatBeltTimer EngineControlModule StopLights,HazardWarningLights, ChimeModule LightSwitch,Tail/ParkLights,Digital Cluster,LicenseLamp TurnSignals & BackupLights HeatingandAirConditioning Radio,InsideRearviewMirrorMap Lights EngineControlModule,FuelPump EngineControlModule Power Windows WindshieldWipersandWashers RearWheelAntilockBrakeModule, Speedometer DaytimeRunningLightRelay(Canada Only) TrailerWiringHarness CD Player ElectricShiftTransferCaseModule Aux.Pwr. Outlet(ParcelTrav) Trailer* CDPlayer** TCCM Aux.Pwr.** "In-line fuse '*Fuse is attachedtoFuseBlock Fuse 5Amp Circuit k e aker 30 Amp 20Amp 20Amp 3 Amp 15Amp 20Amp 15Amp 25Amp 15 Amp 15 Amp 10 Amp 30 Amp 25Amp 15 Amp 10 Amp 30 Amp 10 Amp 5Amp 10 AmD TO264 6-67 Scheduled Maintenance Services Section Thissectioncoversthemaintenancerequiredforyourvehicle. Your vehicle needstheseservicestoretain its safety,dependability,andemissioncontrol performance. 7-2 A WordAboutMaintenance ................................................................................. YourVehicle andtheEnvironment ......................................................................7-2 ..................................... 7-3 Scheduled Maintenance Services .................... Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule .................................................7-3 Maintenance Schedule I ................................................................................ 7-5 Maintenance Schedule II ...............................................................................7-7 Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices ...........................................7-8 7-11 Owner Checks and Services .............................................................................. At Least Once a Month........................................................ ......................... 7-11 At Least Once a Year ..................................................................................... 7-11 Periodic Maintenance Inspections ...................................................................... 7-13 Recommended Fluids & Lubricants................................................................... 7-14 Maintenance Record ........................................................................................... 7-16 Ciervice Station Checks......................................................................................7-17 ~ . ~ ~ . ~ ~ r ~ ~ r s w . . w m w ~~ I L Have you purchased the GM Pmection Plan? The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties. See your GM dealer for details. TO248 Scheduled Maintenance Services A Word About Maintenance Weat GeneralMotorswant to helpyoukeep your vehicleingoodworking condition.But we don’tknowexactlyhowyou’lldriveit.Youmaydrivevery shortdistancesonlyafewtimesaweek.Oryoumaydrivelongdistancesall thetimeinveryhot,dustyweather.Youmayuseyour vehicleinmaking deliveries.Oryou maydrive it to work, to do errands, or in many other ways. Becauseof allthedifferentwayspeopleusetheir GM vehicles,maintenance needsvary.Youmayevenneedmore frequentchecksandreplacementsthan So pleasereadthissectionand youwillfind in theschedulesinthissection. note howyou drive. Ifyouhaveany questions onhow to keepyourvehicle GM dealer,theplacemany GMownerschoose ingoodcondition,seeyour to havetheirmaintenanceworkdone. Your dealercanbereliedupon to use properpartsandpractices. Your Vehicle And The Environment Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicle in goodworking All recommendedmaintenance condition,but it alsohelpstheenvironment. proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremoval of importantcomponentscansignificantlyaffectthequality of theair we breathe. Improperfluidlevelsoreventhewrongtireinflationcanincreasethelevel of emissionsfromyourvehicle. To helpprotectourenvironment,andtohelp keepyourvehicle in goodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly. A Performingmaintenanceworkonavehiclecanbedangerous. In Do yourown trying to do somejobs,youcanbeseriouslyinjured. maintenanceworkonly if youhavetherequiredknow-howandthe If youhaveanydoubt,have propertoolsandequipmentforthejob. a qualified technician do the work. b If you are skilled enough to do someworkonyourvehicle,youwillprobably want to gettheserviceinformation GM publishes. You willfindalist of publicationsand how to gettheminSection 8, ‘CustomerAssistance Information”. See“ServicePublications” in theIndex. TheMaintenanceRecordprovidesaplaceforyou to recordthemaintenance performedonyourvehicle.Wheneveranymaintenanceisperformed,besure to write it down in thissection.Thiswillhelpyoudeterminewhenyournext maintenanceshouldbedone. In addition, it is agoodidea to keepyour maintenancereceipts.Theymaybeneeded to qualifyyourvehiclefor warrantyrepairs. 7-2 Scheduled Maintenance Services Thisparttellsyouthemaintenanceservicesyoushouldhavedoneanawhen you should schedule them. Your GM dealerknowsyourvehiclebestand all yourservice wants you to behappywith it. Ifyougotoyourdealerfor needs,you’llknowthatGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeoplewillperform theworkusinggenuineGMparts. These schedules are for vehicles that: carrypassengersandcargowithintherecommendedlimits. theselimitsonyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading Vehicle’’in the Index. You willfind Your aredrivenonregularroadsurfaces,andwithinlegaldrivinglimits,as describedinSection 4, “Your DrivingandtheRoad”. aredrivenoff-road in therecommendedmanner.See“OffRoadDriving WithYour Four-wheel DriveVehicle”intheIndex. usetheproperfuel.See“Fuel” in theIndex. Selecting The Proper Maintenant- Schedule ~ Your driving conditions and how you use your vehicle will help you determine whichscheduletouse.Theschedulesarefoundlater in thissection. MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I Is any one of these’ true for your vehicle? Mosttripsarelessthan 4 miles (6 kilometers). Mosttripsarelessthan 10 miles(16kilometers)andtheoutside temperaturesarebelowfreezing. Theengine is atlowspeedmostofthetime(asinstop-and-gotraffic, door-to-doordelivery,orothercommercialuses). You operate in dustyareasoroff-roadfrequently. You towatrailer. If anyone(ormore) of these is trueforyourdriving,followSchedule chartforSchedule I hasplussigns (t). I. The MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of theaboveconditionsaretrue.Thechart forSchedule II hasdots (e). 7-3 Scheduled Maintenance Services SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICESFOR I Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedi Services”in this Section(orseeIndex),use Miles (000) 3 Item No. Kilometers Service (000) 5 1EngineOilChange* Months, -Even/ 3or Oil FilterChange* t -Every3Months,or 2ChassisLubrication-Every 12 Months, or I I I I M 6 10 I , ClutchForkBallStudLubrication(4.3L only) J Iengines t I 1I 4 CoolingSystemService*-Every24 Months or 5 Cleaner Air Filter Replacement* 6 FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD Only) 7 Transmission Service** 8 FuelFilterReplacement* 9 SparkPlugsReplacement* 10 SparkPlugWireInspection* 11 EngineTimingCheck* 12Fuel Tank, CapandLinesInspection* 13 EngineAccessoryDriveBeltInspection* Rotation Wheel and14 Tire t vice Axle Drive 15 t t 16 BrakeSystemsInspection** FOOTNOTES: *An EmissionControlService **See “Explanation of ScheduledMaintenapceServices” in theIndex I I TO283 7-4 MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km) ARE TO BEDONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAMEINTERVALS. T028r 7-5 scheduled Maintenance Services I SCHEDU--D MAIM 4ANCE SEf -7s FOR Ifyour drivingconditionsmeetthose I Services”inthisSection (or seelnde Item Miles (000) 3 6 No.Kilometers Service (000) 5 10 1EngineOilChange* -Every12Months, or OilFilterChange* -Every 12 Months,or 2ChassisLubrication-Every12Months, or ClutchForkBallStudLubrication(4.3L 3 enginesonly) 4 CoolingSystemService*-Every24 Monthsor 5 AirCleanerFilterReplacement* 6FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD Only) 7 TransmissionService** 8FuelFilterReplacement* 9 SparkPlugsReplacement* 10SparkPlugWireInspection* 11 EngineTimingCheck* 12 FuelTank,CapandLinesInspection* 13 EngineAccessoryDriveBeltInspection* 14 TireandWheelRotation 15DriveAxleService 16 BrakeSystemsInspection** FOOTNOTES: *AnEmissionControlService **See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex TO287 7-6 MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II 21 22.5 35 37,5 36 37.5 60 62.5 39 65 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km) ARE TO BEDONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS. T028t 7-7 Scheduled Maintenance Services Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services Belowareexplanations of theserviceslistedinthemaintenancecharts. Theproperfluidsandlubricantstousearelistedinthissection.Makesure whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese.Allpartsshouldbereplacedand allnecessaryrepairsdonebeforeyouoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle. 1.ENGINEOILANDOILFILTERCHANGE*-ALWAYSUSESGOR II OILS OF THEPROPER SG/CEQUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING VISCOSITY.To determinethepreferredviscosityoilforyourvehicle’s engine(e.g.SAE5W-30).See“EngineOil”intheIndex. 2.CHASSISLUBRICATION-Lubricate thefrontsuspension,balljoint, steeringlinkage,clutch,andtransfercaseshiftlinkage,parkingbrake cableguides,propshaftsplines,universaljoints,brakepedalsprings,and clutchpedalspringsattheintervalsspecifiedonthepropermaintenance schedule,orateveryengineoilchange,whichevercomesfirst.On vehicleswithouthydraulicclutches,lubricatetheclutchcrossshaftevery 30,000miles (50 000 km). Balljointsshouldnotbelubricatedunlesstheirtemperatureis (-12°C)orhigher.Whentheweatheriscold,letthemwarmupbefore lubricatingthemortheycouldbedamaged. 10°F Also,besuretocheckallthevehiclefluidlevelsatthistime. 3. CLUTCHFORKBALLSTUDLUBRICATION(4.3LENGINESONLY) -Lubricatetheclutchforkballstudthroughthefittingontheclutch .0066 housing.Lubricantmustbeadded“sparingly”tothefitting,asonly Ib.(.003kg)isrequiredtolubricatetheballstudsurface. Do notadd lubricantmoreoftenthantheintervalsrecommendedintheMaintenance Schedules. Toomuchlubricant will damagetheclutchassembly. 4. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE*-Drain,flushandrefillthesystemwith newcoolant.See“EngineCoolant’’intheIndexforthepropercoolant andmixturetouseinyourvehicle. if theyarecracked,swollen,or Alsoinspectthehosesandreplacethem deteriorated.Tightenallhoseclamps.Cleantheoutside of theradiator andairconditioningcondenser.Washtheradiatorneck. To ensureproper operation,pressuretesttheradiatorandcap. * AnEmissionControlService 7-8 5. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT*-Replaceat specified intervals. Askyourdealerfor the proper replacement intervals for your drivingconditions. 6. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREP1 -;< (2-WHEELDRIVEONLY)-Clean andrepackthefrontwheelbearingsateachbrakerelining, or atthe specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst. 7. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE: AutomaticTransmission-Changethetransmissionfluidandfilterevery 15,000miles(25 000 km) if thevehicle is mainlydrivenunderoneor moreoftheseconditions: In heavycitytraffic. Where the outsidetemperatureregularlyreaches higher. 90°F (32°C) or In hilly ormountainousterrain. Frequenttrailerpulling. 0 Usessuchastaxi,police,deliveryorothercommercialservice. If thevehicle is notusedmainlyunderany oftheseconditions,change (50 000 km).See“Automatic the fluid andfilterevery30,000miles TransmissionFluid” in theIndexformoreinformation. ManualTransmission-Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic changing. 8. FUELFILTERREPLACEMENT*-Replace interval orsooner if clogged. thefuel filter atthespecified 9.SPARKPLUGSREPLACEMENT*-Replacespark plugswiththetype listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts”intheIndex. 10.SPARKPLUGWIREINSPECTION*-Cleanwiresandinspectforburns, cracks or other damage. Check the wire boot fit at the distributor and at thesparkplugs.Replacewires as needed. 11.ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK*-Adjusttiming tounderhoodlabelspecifications.Inspecttheinsideandoutside of the distributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbontrackingandcorrosion.Clean orreplaceasneeded. 12.FUELTANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION*-Inspectthefueltank, capandlinesfordamageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasketfor anevenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage.Replacepartsasneeded. * AnEmissionControlService 7-9 Scheduled Maintenance Services 13. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELTINSPECTION*-Inspectbelt.Look forcracks,fraying,wear,andpropertension.Adjustorreplaceas needed. 14.TIREANDWHEELROTATIONANDINSPECTION-Forproperwear 6,000 miles(10 000 andmaximumtirelife,rotatetiresatthefirst kilometers)forSchedule I or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers)for Schedule II andthenevery 15,000 miles (25 000 kilometers)thereafter. 6. Checktiresfor FollowtheinstructionsandpatternsshowninSection If irregularorprematurewearisapparent, unevenwearordamage. checkwheelalignment.Also,checkfordamagedwheels.See“Tires”in theIndexformoreinformation. 15. DRIVEAXLESERVICE-Checkrear/frontaxlefluidlevelandaddas needed.Checkconstantvelocityjointsandaxlesealsforleaking. Locking differential -Drain fluidatfirstoilchangeandrefill.Check fluidlevelandaddasneededatsubsequentoilchanges.Industy areas or trailertowingapplications,drainfluidatevery15,000miles (24 135 kilometers)andrefi1l.t Standard differential -Check fluidlevelandaddasneededat everyoilchange.Industyareasortrailertowingapplications,drain fluidevery 15,000 miles(24 135 kilometers)andrefil1.t Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredforoff-roaduse. 16. BRAKE SYSTEMINSPECTION -When theengineoilischanged, inspectthelinesandhosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks,cracks, chafing,etc.Checktheparkingbrakeadjustment,andthefluidlevelin themastercylinder.Alowfluidlevelcanindicateworndiscbrakepads whichmayneedtobeserviced.t Whenthewheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdiscbrakepadsfor wearandrotorsforsurfacecondition.Alsoinspectdrumbrakeliningsfor wearandcracks.Inspectotherbrakeparts,includingdrums,wheel cylinders,parkingbrake,etc.,atthesametime. Inspect brakes more often if driving habits or conditions result frequent braking. t A fluid loss inthesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected andrepairedatonce. 7-1 0 in Owner Checks and Services Listed belowareownerchecksandserviceswhichwouldbemadeatthe timeperiodspecified to helpensurepropersafety,emissionperformance,and dependability ofyour vehicle. Besureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce.Wheneveranyfluids or lubricantsareadded to yourvehicle,makesuretheyaretheproperones, asshown in thissection. At Least Once a Month Tire inflation pressure check -Check the tires for proper inflation. are low, inflate them to thelevelspecifiedontheCertificationlabel.See “Inflation-TirePressure” in theIndex. Ifthey At Least Once a Year Keylockcylinderlubrication-Lubricatekeylockcylinderswithoneofthe lubricantsrecommended in thisSection. Transmissionneutralorclutchstartswitchoperation - 1 CAUTION Whenyouaredoing this check,thevehiclecould it does,youorotherscouldbeinjured.Followthestepsbelow. movesuddenly. If 1. Beforeyoustart,besureyouhaveenoughroomaroundthevehicle. 2. Firmlyapply both the manualparkingbrake.andtheregularbrake. See “Brakes”and“ParkingBrake” in theIndex. Do notusetheaccelerator pedal. 3. Beready to turn off the engineimmediately if itstarts. 4. Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,try to starttheengine Thestartershouldworkonly in P (Park)or N (Neutral). in eachgear. On manualtransmissionvehicles,puttheshiftlever in N (Neutral),push theclutchdownhalfway,and try to starttheengine.Thestartershould workonlywhen theclutch is pusheddownalltheway to thefloor. 7-1 1 I Scheduled Maintenance Services Steeringcolumnlockoperation-Whileparked,trytoturnthekeytoLock in eachgearshiftposition. Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturn the gear shiftis in P(Park). Withmanualshift,thekeyshouldturn (Reverse). Onvehicleswithakeyreleaselever,try pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturn depressed. Onallvehicles,the to LOCKonlywhenyou’re in R to turnthekey to LOCK without to LOCKonlywiththekeylever key shouldcomeoutonly Parkingbrakeandtransmission to LOCKonlywhen in LOCK. P (Park)mechanismoperation - CAUTION A Whenyouaredoingthischeck,yourvehiclecouldbegin to move. Youor otherscouldbeinjuredandpropertycouldbe damaged. Makesurethereisroom in front ofyour vehicle in caseyoubegin to roll.Beready to applytheregularbrakeatonceshould the vehiclebegin to move. Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake. 1.- )ping your foot To checktheparkingbrake:Withtheenginerunningandthe transmission in N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular brakepedal. Do this until thevehicle is heldbytheparkingbrakeonly. To checktheP(Park)mechanism’sholdingability:Applytheregular P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,then brakeandshiftto slowlyreleasetheregularbrake. Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation-Inspectbeltsystem, including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors. Have a belt assemblyreplaced if thewebbinghasbeencutorotherwise damaged. Body LubricationService-Lubricateallbodydoorhingesincludingthe tailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemountedsparetirecarrier(if equipped),lubricatethebody hood, fuel doorandrearcompartmenthinges, latchesandlocksincludinginteriorgloveboxandconsoledoors,andany movingseathardware.Lubricatethehoodsafetyleverpivotandproprod pivot.Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredwhenexposed to acorrosive environment. 7-1 2 Periodic Maintenance Inspections Listed below are inspectionsandserviceswhichshould beperformedatleast twiceayear(forinstance,eachspringandfall). You shouldletyour GM dealer’s service department or other qualified service center do these jobs. Makesureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce. SteeringandSuspension lnspectiont -Inspect front and rear suspension andsteeringsystemfordamaged,looseormissingparts,signs ofwearor lackoflubrication.Inspectpowersteeringlinesandhosesforproperhook-up, binding,leaks,cracks,chafing,etc. (On vehiclesequippedwithmanual steering gear,check forsealleakage.)Lubricatethesteeringlinkage. AcceleratorControlSystem-Lubricate all pivotpointswithengineoil, except the TBI throttleshaft. Do notlubricatethecampulley.Removeall externaldepositsfrompulley. Donotoilanyacceleratororcruisecontrol cables.Replaceanycablesthathave high effortorexcessivewear. ExhaustSystemInspection-Inspect the completesystem.Inspectthebody neartheexhaustsystem.Lookforbroken,damaged,missingor out-of-positionparts,aswell as openseams,holes,looseconnectionsor otherconditionswhich could causeaheatbuildupinthefloorpanorcould letexhaustfumesseepintothepassengercompartments.See“Engine Exhaust” in the Index.. DriveAxleService-Checkrear/frontaxlefluidlevelandadd Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking. as needed. Transfer Case(four-wheeldrive) lnspectiont -Every 12 monthsoratoil changeintervals,checkfrontaxleandtransfercaseandaddlubricant when necessary. Oil thecontrolleverpivotpointandallexposedcontrollinkage. Checkvent hose at transfer case for kinks and proper installation. More frequentlubricationmayberequired on off-road use. t A fluid loss in thesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected andrepairedatonce. 7-1 3 i I Scheduled Maintenance Services Recommended FIuids & Lubricants NOTE: Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname,partnumberor GM Dealer. specification maybeobtainedfromyour USAGE FLUlD/LUBRICANT Engine Oil Goodwrench GM Motor Oil equivalent Service orAPI SG for orSGICC,SG/CD, SF,SGorCC of therecommended viscosity.(SeeSection 6.) Engine Coolant Mixture of water and good quality a ethylene glycol base antifreezeconforming to GM-6038-M(GMPartNo.1052103). Hydraulic Clutch System Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (GM Part No. 12345347 equivalent). or Hydraulic Brake Systems Delco Supreme 11 brake fluid (GM Part No. 1052535 or DOT-3). Parking Brake Cables Chassis lubricant meeting requirements CatagotyLBorGC-LB(GMPart of NLGl Grade 2, No.1052497). Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 1050017) or equivalent conforming to GMspec9985010. No. 1052182) equivalent. or Manual Steering Gear GM Lubricant (GM Part Automatic Transmission DEXRONBIIE Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 1051RKK). ManualTransmission: a. 5-Speed (RPO ML3 and a. DEXRONBIIE Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part MW1) 5-Speed b. (RPO MY2) Synchromesh b. Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 12345349). No. Differential: Axle a.Standard - Frontand Rear b. Locking a.SAE-80W-90GL-5gearlubricant(GMPartNo. b. SAE-80W-90gearlubricant(GMPartNo.1052271). DEXRONBIIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo. 1051 855). Transfer Case ColumnShift,TransferCaseChassislubricantmeetingrequirementsofNLGIGrade2, Shift Lever,PropellerShaftSlipCatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497). SplinesandUniversalJoints. ClutchLinkage.Pushrod clutch fork joint. to ChassislubricantmeetingrequirementsofNLGlGrade2, CatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497). (Continuednextpage) TO289 7-1 4 1 li I I Recomm'ended Fluids & Lubricants [Cont'cs,) FLUID/LUBRICANT USAGE Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2, CataaorvLBorGC-LBIGMPartNo.10524971. ClutchFork Ball Stud Hood Latch Assembly a. Pivotsandspringanchor a.Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109). b. Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements (GMPartNo.1052497). b. ReleasePawl of GM-6031-M FrontWheelBearings Wheelbearinglubricantmeetingrequirements ofNLGIGrade 2,CatagoryGCorGC-LB(GMPart No. 1051344). ConstantVelocityUniversalJoint Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2, CatagoryLB or GC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497). Automatic Transmission Shift Linkage,FloorShiftLinkage, HoodandDoorHinges,Body DoorHingePins,TailgateHinge .andLinkage,FoldingSeat,Fuel DoorHinge Engine oil KeyLockCylinders GMMulti-Purposelubricant(GMPartNo.12345120)ora syntheticlightweightengineoil(SAE5W-30). ChassisLubrication Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2, CatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497). WindshieldWasherSolventand Anti-freeze GM OptikIeenB washersolvent(GMPart equivalent. ~~ ~~ Weatherstrip - ~~~ No. 1051515) or ~ Siliconegrease(GMPart No. 1052863)orequivalent. TailgateMountea spare I Carrier (If Equipped) OuterTailgateHandlePivot Points Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements 123451 20. Gas Line GasLineDe-lcer(GMPart Weather Strips Stxav-A-SaueekIGMPart No. 1051516). No.1052277). of GM PartNo. .! Scheduled Maintenance Services Maintenance Record Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServicesisperformed, recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed(listitemnumbers)and whoperformedtheservices in theappropriatecolumn.Inaddition,retain copies ofyour receipts. It is suggestedthatreceiptsbekeptwithyour Owner'sManual. I TO260 I 7-1 6 1 E Service Station Checks It is important for you or a service station attendant fill. under-hoodchecksateachfuel Checktheengine oil levelandadd to perform these if necessary. Checktheenginecoolantlevelandadd Checkthewindshieldwasherfluidlevelandadd if necessary. if necessary. SeetheIndexundertheseitemsforinformationonhowtocheckthem. 7-17 Scheduled Maintenance Services c: Customer Assistance information Section HereyouwillfindouthowtocontactChevroletifyouneedassistance.This sectionalsotellsyouhowtoobtainservicepublicationsandhowtoreport any safety defects. Customer Satisfaction Procedure ......................................................................... 8-2 Customer Assistance for HearinglSpeech Impaired ...........................................8-3 GM Participation in Better Business Bureau MediatiodArbitration Program Reporting Safety Defects ...................................................................................... ....8-3 8-4 Roadside Assistance .............................................................................................8-5 Service Publications ..............................................................................................8-6 8-1 Customer Assistance Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and Chevrolet. Normally,anyconcernwiththesalestransactionortheoperationofyour vehiclewillberesolvedbyyourdealer'sSalesorServiceDepartments. Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentions of allconcerned, to your misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcernhasnotbeenresolved satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshouldbetaken: STEP ONE -Discussyourconcernwithamemberofdealership If the management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolvedatthatlevel. matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service,orPartsManager, contact the owner of the dealership or the General Manager. STEP TWO -If after contacting a memberof DealershipManagement, it appears your concern cannot be resolved,by the dealership without fuhher help, contact Chevrolet's Customer Assistance Center by calling 1-800-222-1020.InCanada,contactthe GMofCanadaCustomerAssistance Center in Oshawa by calling1-800-263-3777(English)or1-800-263-7854 (French). U. S. VirginIslands,call In Mexico,call(525)254-3777.InPuertoRicoor 1-809-763-1315.Inallotheroverseaslocations,contact GM International ExportSalesinCanada by calling 1-416-644-4112. For promptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable theCustomerAssistanceRepresentative: to give Yourname,address,telephonenumber Vehicle IdentificationNumber(This is available from thevehicle registration or title, or the plate attached to the left top of the instrument panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield.) Dealershipnameandlocation Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage Natureofconcern We encourageyou to call the toll-free numberlistedpreviously in order to giveyourinquirypromptattention.However, if youwishtowriteChevrolet, writeto:ChevroletMotorDivision,ChevroletCustomerAssistanceCenter, P.O. Box 7047, Troy,MI48007-7047. U.S. whichcanassist A listing of allChevroletofficesandofficesoutsidethe youcanalsobefoundinthewarrantybooklet.Theseservicesarenot available in Canada. 8-2 I WhencontactingChevrolet,pleaserememberthatyourconcernwilllikelybe resolvedinthedealership,usingthedealership'sfacilities,equipmentand personnel.That is whywesuggestyoufollowStepOne first if youhavea concern. Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech Impaired (TDD) To assistownerswhohavehearingdifficulties,Chevrolet has installedspecial TDD(TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipmentatitsCustomer AssistanceCenter.Anyhearingorspeechimpairedcustomerwhohasaccess toaTDDorconventionalteletypewriter(TTY)cancommunicatewithChevrolet bydialing: .....................................................................1-800-TDD-CHEV 1-800-263-3830 In Canada.......................................................................................... In the United States GM Participation in Better Business Bureau Mediation/Arbitration Program" *Thisprogrammaynotbeavailable in allstates,dependingonstate Canadianownersrefer to yourwarrantybooklet. law. General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations. and/or to discontinueitsparticipation in thisprogram. OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure describedearlier in thissectionhasbeenverysuccessfulinachieving customersatisfaction.However, if youhavenotbeensubstantiallysatisfied, Chevroletwantsyoutobeaware ofGM'svoluntaryparticipationina no-chargemediationlarbitrationprogramcalledBBB AUTOLINE.Thisprogram isadministeredbytheCouncil of BetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes involvingvehiclerepairsandtheinterpretation ofyourNewVehicle Limited Warranty. We preferthatyounotresorttoBBB AUTOLINE untilafterafinaldecision ismadeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However,youmayfilea claimatanytimebycontactingyourlocalBetterBusinessBureau(BBB)at thefollowing toll-free number:1-800-955-5100.Forfurtherinformationabout also write to:BBBAUTOHOTLINE, Council of Better filingaclaim,youmay 800, Arlington,Virginia BusinessBureaus,4200WilsonBoulevard,Suite 22203. 8-3 Customer Assistance lnformation Inorder to fileaclaim,youwillhave to provide yournameandaddress, the vehicleidentificationnumber (VIN)ofyourvehicle,andastatementof the nature ofyour complaint. BBB staffmay try tohelpresolveyourdispute to throughmediation.Ifmediation is notsuccessful,or if youdonotwish to an participate in mediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircase impartialthird-partyarbitratorat aninformalhearing.Thearbitratorwillrender adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject.Ifyouaccepta valid arbitratordecision, GMwillbeboundbythatdecision.Theentiredispute 40 daysfrom thetimeyoufile settlementprocessshouldordinarilytakeabout yourcomplaint to the time a decision is rendered(or 47 days if you did not first contact your dealer or Chevrolet). of resortingtothe We encourageyou to usethisprogrambeforeorinstead courts. We believe it offersadvantagesovercourts in mostjurisdictions because it is fast,free ofcharge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually if youchoose). present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense Arbitrators makedecisionsbasedontheprincipals of fairnessandequity,and are not required to duplicate the functions of courtsbystrictlyapplyingstate to court, however,wedonotrequirethat or federallaw.Ifyouwishtogo BBB AUTOLINE*unlessstatelawprovides youfirstfileaclaimwith if youare otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat BBB AUTOLINE,youcan still go to court unhappywiththeresultsof becauseanarbitrator'sdecisionisbindingon GM butnotonyou,unlessyou acceptit. Eligibilityislimited by vehicleage/mileage,andotherfactors.Forfurther BBB at 1-800-955-5100. Youmay informationconcerningtheprogram,callthe also call theChevroletCustomerAssistanceCenter. BBB AUTOLINE before *Somestatesmayrequirethatyoufileaclaimwith resorting to state-operatedprocedures(includingcourt). Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If youbelievethat yourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrash could causeinjuryordeath,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA),inadditiontonotifyingGeneral Motors. If NHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints, it mayopenaninvestigation,and or if it finds that a safety defect exists in agroupofvehicles, it mayorder arecall andremedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolvedinindividual Motors. problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer,orGeneral 8-4 To contactNHTSA,youmayeithercalltheAutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat DC area) or writeto: 1-800-424-9393(or366-0123intheWashington, NHTSA, US. Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. Youcan alsoobtainotherinformationaboutmotorvehiclesafetyfromtheHotline. Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If youliveinCanada,andyoubelievethatyourvehiclehasasafetydefect, youshouldimmediatelynotifyTransportCanada, in additiontonotifying GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited. Youmaywrite to:TransportCanadaat Box8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2. Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In additiontonotifying NHTSA(orTransportCanada)inasituationlikethis, us. Pleasecallusat1-800-222-1020,orwrite: wecertainlyhopeyou’llnotify ChevroletMotorDivision,CustomerAssistanceCenter,PostOfficeBox7047, Troy,Michigan48007-7047. In Canada,please call usat 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854(French). Or, write:GeneralMotors of Canada Limited,CustomerAssistanceCenter,1908ColonelSamDrive,Oshawa, OntarioL1H8P7. Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance To enhanceChevrolet’sstrongcommitmenttocustomersatisfaction,Chevrolet is excited to announce the establishment of the ChevroletlGeo Roadside AssistanceCenter. As theownerof a1993ChevroletlGeo,membership in RoadsideAssistanceisfree. RoadsideAssistanceisavailable24hoursa day,365days a year,by calling 1-800-CHEVUSA(1-800-243-8872).Thistoll-freenumberwillprovideyou over-the-phoneroadsideassistancewithminormechanicalproblems. Ifyour problemcannotberesolvedoverthephone,ouradvisorshaveaccess to a nationwidenetwork of dealerrecommendedserviceproviders.Thefollowing servicesareavailable: Towing Locksmith Tirerepair Glassreplacement * Rentalcarortaxi Additionalservicesasnecessary 8-5 Customer Assistance lnformation TheRoadsideAssistanceCenterusescompaniesthatwillprovideyouwith qualityandpriorityservice.Whenroadsideservicesarerequired,ouradvisors willexplainanypaymentobligationsthatmaybeincurredforutilizingoutside services. For promptassistancewhencalling,pleasehavethefollowingavailable givetheadvisor: to VehicleIdentificationNumber Licenseplatenumber Vehiclecolor Vehiclelocation Telephonenumberwhereyoucanbereached Description of problem Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure inside your portfolio for full programdetails. In Canada,call1-800-268-6800fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance. Service Publications Informationonhow to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptionsand U.S. states(andthe Indexesasdescribedbelowisapplicableonlyinthefifty DistrictofColumbia)andonlyforlighttruckswithGWVRlessthan10,000 pounds (4536 kg). InCanada,informationpertaining to ProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes canbeobtainedbywritingto:GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited,Service Dr., Oshawa,OntarioL1 H 8P7. PublicationsDepartment,1908ColonelSam ChevroletregularlysendsitsdealersusefulservicebulletinsaboutChevrolet products.Chevroletmonitorsproductperformanceinthefield. We then preparebulletinsforservicingourproductsbetter. Now,youcangetthese bulletins too. Bulletins cover varioussubjects.Somepertaintotheproperuseandcareof yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive repairswhich, if doneontimewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly repairs.Somebulletinstellatechnicianhow to repairanew or unexpected to fix yourvehicle.Theycanhelpa condition. Others describe a quicker way technician service your vehicle better. 8-6 Mostbulletinsapply to conditions affecting a small number of cars or trucks. if a Your Chevrolet dealer oraqualifiedtechnicianmayhavetodetermine specific bulletin applies to yourvehicle. You cansubscribe to allChevroletbulletinsbycallingHelm,Inc.at 1-800-782-4356.Thiswayyou’llgetthemastheycomeout. Individual PSP’s If youdon’twant to buyallthePSP’sissuedbyChevroletforallcarand truckmodels in themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s,suchasthose whichmaypertain to aparticularmodel. To dothis,youwillfirstneedtosee ourindex ofPSP’s. It providesavariety of information. Here’swhat you’ll find in theindexandhowyoucangetone: What You’ll Find in the Index: Alist of all PSP’spublished by Chevroletinamodelyear (1989or later). PSP’s covering all modelsof Chevroletcars or lighttrucksless than 10,000 pounds(4536kg) GVWR arelisted in thesameindex. Orderinginformation so youcanbuythespecificPSP’syoumaywant. Priceinformationforthe PSP’syoumaywanttobuy. How You Can Get an Index: Indexes are publishedperiodically.Most of the PSP’swhich could potentially will belisted in themostrecent apply to themostrecentChevroletmodels publication for that model year.Thismeans youmaywant to wait until the if youareinterested in end of the modelyearbeforeorderinganindex, buying PSP’s pertaining to acurrentmodelyeartruck. SomePSP’s pertaining to a particular model’ year vehicle maybe published in in thelateryear’sindex.When you lateryears,andthesewouldbelisted order an index for a model year that is notoveryet,we’llsendyouthemost recentlypublishedissue.Checktheorderingformforindexesforearliermodel years. fill it out,andmail it in. We Wil. thensee to it that Cutouttheorderingform, anindex is mailedtoyou.Thereisnochargeforindexesforthe1989-1993 modelyears. Toll-Free Telephone Number If youwantanadditionalorderingformforanindexorasubscription,just call toll-free andwe’llbehappy to sendyouone.Automatedrecording equipment will take yournameandmailingaddress.Thenumber to call is 1-800-551-4123. 8-7 Customer Assistance Information Copies at Participating Dealers CopiesofIndexesandindividualPSP’sareatyourparticipatingChevrolet dealer. You canask to seethem. A VERYIMPORTANTREMINDER:ThesePSP’s are meant for technicians. They are not meant for the “do-it-yourselfer.” Technicians have the equipment, tools, safety instructions, and know-how to do ajobquicklyandsafely. Chevrolet reserves the right to changetheseprocedureswithoutnotice. Service Publications You cangettheseProductServicePublications by usingtheorderformat theend of thissection. You canalsogetServiceManualsandOwner Publications. 0-8 INDEX Section A A Accessory Power Outlet ..............2-53 Air Cleaner .................................... 6-14 Air Conditioning...................3-6, 6-35 Fan Lever .....................................3-6 Function Lever ............................ 3-6 Refrigerant Capacity .................6-65 Temperature Lever ...................... 3-6 Antenna, Fixed Mast ...................3-26 AntilockBrakes (See “Brakes”) Appearance Care .......................... 6-50 Materials .................................... 6-56 Arbitration Program........................ 8-3 Audio Systems ............................... 3-7 AM Radio.....................................3-9 AM-FMStereoAudioCompact Disc (CD) System ...................3-20 AM-FMStereo Audio System ........................ 3-11 AM-FMStereoAudioSystem with Cassette Deck ............>.3-13 AM-FMStereoAudioSystem withCassetteDeckand Equalizer ................................. 3-16 Anti-Theft System .................... 3-23 Compact Disc Care ..................3-25 Automatic Transmission ...............2-16 Fluid............................................ 6-16 Axle Front ........................................... 6-22 Rear............................................ 6-2 1 9-1 B Battery ........................................... 6-31 Belts (See “Safety Belts”) BetterBusinessBureau -8-3 Mediation.................................... Blizzard .......................................... 4.53 Brakes Adjustment ................................. 4-17 Antilock ...................................... 4-14 Fluid ........................................... 6-29 6-30 Leak Check ............................... Master Cylinder ........................ 6-29 Parking....................................... 2-21 Pedal Travel .............................. 4-17 Rear Drum Brakes ................... 4-17 Replacing Parts ........................ 6-30 SystemWarningLight .2-66, 4-16 Trailer ......................................... 4-59 Wear Indicators ........................ 4-16 Braking .......................................... 4-12 In Emergencies ........................ 4-17 Break-In, New Vehicle ...................2-9 Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-31 Replacement Chart .................. 6-63 C CapacitiesandSpecification Charts ........................................ Carbon Monoxide ...2.26.2.27. Cassette TapePlayer (See “Audio Systems”) 6-61 4-53 INDEX Catalytic Converter .................._.6-37 CertificationlTire Label .................6-38 Changing A Flat Tire ........ 5-16, 5-21 Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-56 ChildRestraints (See“Safety Belts”) Cigarette LighterlAshtrays ...........2-54 CircuitBreakers(See“Fuses”) Cleaning Finish Care ................................ 6-54 Glass .......................................... 6-53 Inside of Vehicle ....................... 6-51 Instrument Panel, Top .............6-53 Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-54 Special Problems ......................6-52 Vinyl or Leather ................-......6-53 Wheels and Tires .....................6-55 Windshield ................................ 6-54 Clock ...3-10, 3-12, 3-14, 3-17, 3-21 Convenience Net ..........................2-57 Conversion to Chassis Cab ........6-43 Coolant(See“Engine”) Cooling System Capacity ............ 6-62 Crankcase Capacity......................6-62 Cruise Control ................................2-41 Increase Speed ......................... 2-43 2-45 On Hills ...................................... Passing......................................2-45 Reduce Speed .........................-2-44 Resume ..................................... 2-43 Set .............................................. 2-42 To Get Out Of ..........................2-45 Customer Assistance for the Hearing or Speech Impaired ....8-3 CustomerSatisfactionProcedure.8-2 Driver Position .............................1-14 Driving Across an Incline ..................... 4-31 After Off-Road Driving ............4-34 At Night .....................................4-34 Backing Up ...............................4-60 Defensive..................................... 4-8 Downhill ..................................... 4-29 Freeway .....................................4-42 Highway Hypnosis ...................4-45 Hydroplaning ............................. 4-38 In Blizzard .................................4-53 In City ....................................... 4-41 In Fog, MistandHaze.4-39,4-40 In Sand, Mud, Ice, Or Snow ..................... 4-32, 5-30 4-37 In Rain ...................................... In Water .................................... 4-33 Long Distance .......................... 4-44 Loss of Control ........................ 4-22 Night Vision .............................. 4-35 Off-Roading ...............................4-23 On Curves .................................4-18 On Grades ................................. 4-60 On HillandMountainRoads . 4-46 On Off-Road Hills ....................4-26 On Snow or Ice ....................... 4-51 Passing ............................4-20, 4-60 Skidding ..................................... 4-22 Stuck in Deep Snow .....4-54, 5-30 Through Water .............. 2-14, 4-33 Uphill .......................................... 4-27 Winter ........................................4-51 With a Trailer ............................4-59 Drunken Driving .............................4-9 D E DaytimeRunningLights (Canada Only) ......2-48,2-49,2-71 Indicator Light .....2-48,2-49,2-71 2-50 DomeLights ................................. Doors ...............................................2-5 Locks ........................................... 2-6 ElectricalSystem Add-on Equipment...................6-59 Engine AddingCoolant ...............5-12, 6-25 AirCleaner ................................ 6-14 Block Heater .......... 2-15,3-7, 6-13 . 9-2 9-3 I I If You’re Stuck In Sand. Mud Ice. or Snow ............................. 5-30 Ignition Switch................................ 2-9 Inflation-TirePressure .................6-44 Instrument Panel ............... 2-58, 2-62 Digital Cluster ................ 2-61, 2-62 Standard Cluster............2-59, 2-60 J HydraulicClutchGrease Fitting .....................................6-34 Hood Latches and Hinge ........6-36 Lock Cylinders.......................... 6-36 PropellerShaftSlip SplineslUniversal Joints.......6-36 Rear Axle .................................. 6-21 Recommended Lubricants ...... 7-14 Transfer Case ............................ 6-21 M Jack Storage ...................... 5-17, 5-27 Jump Starting................................. 5-3 Maintenance Other Items...............................6-34 Periodic Inspections ................7-13 K Record .......................................7-16 Key Release Lever .......................2-11 Scheduled Maintenance ............ 7-3 Keys ................................................. 2-3 Underbody ................................. 6-55 Master Cylinder (See“Brakes”) L Lights ........................................... 2-46 Mirrors ........................................... 2-50 Convex Outside ........................ 2-51 Brake System Warning ............4-16 inside ......................................... 2-51 Bulb Replacement .................... 6-31 Outside ......................................2-51 Charging System Light ............2-70 Vanity ......................................... 2-52 Check Gages Light ...................2-71 Dome Lights ............................. 2-50 Model Reference ...............................iii Fog Lamps................................. 2-47 0 Front Parkingnurn Signal ........6-32 Indicator ........................ ..2-65, 2-70Odometer ............................ 2-62, 2-63 Off-Road Driving (See “Driving”) Headlights (See “Headlights”) Malfunction Indicator ....2-68, 6-37 Off-Road Recovery ...................... 4-19 Operation................................... 2-37 Oil .................................................... 6-9 Additives .................................... 6-13 Service Engine Soon ...............6-37 Disposal of Used ......................6-14 Rear............................................ 6-33 Pressure Gage ..........................2-69 Replacement Chart ...................6-63 LoadingInformation .4-23, 6-38, 6-41 To Check ..................................6-10 Loading Your Vehicle........4-23, 6-38 What Kind to Use....................6-11 When to Add ............................ 6-10 Lubrication.................................... 6-35 When to Change...................... 6-13 Accelerator Control System ....6-35 Owner Checks and Services ...... 7-11 Body ........................................... 36 FrontAxle ........................ .....6-22 P FrontSuspensionand Parking Steering Linkage...................6-34 On Hills ...........................4-48, 4-61 FrontWheelBearings Over Things That Burn ........... 2-25 (Two-Wheel Drive) ................6-34 TorqueLock (Automatic Tailgate Handle ......................... 6-36 Transmission) ..............2-22, 4-50 .- YourVehicle (Manual Transmission) ........................ 2-24 Parking Brake ............................... 2-21 Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.20. 4-60 Pavement Markings........................ 4-7 Payload Capacity .......................... 6-39 PeriodicMaintenance Inspections................................ 7-13 Power Door Locks ..................................2-7 Steering...................................... 4-1 7 Steering Fluid ............................6-27 Winches .................................... 4-62 Product Service Publications........8-6 R Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-26 Radio (See “Audio Systems”) RecommendedFluids And Lubricants .......................... 7-14 Recovery Hooks ...........................5-31 6-61 Replacement Parts ....................... Reporting Safety Defects..............8-5 Road Signs .....................................4-2 Roadside Assistance ...................... 8-5 Rocking Your Vehicle...................5-30 S Safety Belts 6-53 Cleaning ..................................... Checking Restraint System .....1-35 Child Restraints ........................ 1-26 Small Children and Babies ......1-24 Extender ....................................1-35 Lap.............................................1-22 Lap Shoulder ............................. 1-15 Larger Children ......................... 1-32 Proper Wear .............................. 1-14 Questions and Answers...........1-12 Reminder Light .........................1-13 Replacing After a Crash ..........1-35 Use During Pregnancy .............1-20 Why They Work .......................... 1-9 Safety Chains ............................... 4-59 Safety Warnings and Symbols .... 0-2 ScheduledMaintenance Services .......................................7-3 Seats Controls ....................................... 1-2 Easy Entry Seat ......................... 1-5 Jump ............................................ 1-6 Latches ........................................ 1-4 Manual Front .............................. 1-2 Manual Lumbar Adjustment ..... 1-4 Reclining ...................................... 1-3 Service Do-It-Yourself .............................. 6-3 Parts Identification Label ........6-59 Publications.........................8-6, 8-8 ReplacementPartsand Filter Recommendations......6-66 ServiceEngineSoonLight ........ 2-68 Service Station Checks ............... 7-17 Shift Indicator Light .................... 2-72 Shift Light ..................................... 2-20 Shifting Into Park ........................ 2-23 Sliding Rear Window ..................2-32 Spare Tire ..................................... 5-20 Removal..................................... 5-20 Storage ...................................... 5-27 Specification Charts .................... 6-61 Speedometer ................................2-62 Starting Your Engine ...................2-11 Steering......................................... 4-17 In Emergencies ........................4-18 Tips ............................................ 4-18 Storage Compartments...............2-55 Sun Visors .................................... 2-52 Swing-Out Windows .................... 2-32 T Tachometer ................................... 2-65 Tailgate ..........................................2-33 2-8 Theft ................................................ Thermostat .................................... 6-26 2-34 Tilt Wheel ..................................... 9-5 ... . . i-’. .- ... . Trip Odometer ..............................2-64 Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ..2-35 TurnSignaVLaneChange Indicator ................................. 2.73 Tires ............................................... 6.43 Balancing...................................6-48 Chains ........................................6-49 Changing a Flat .............5.16, 5-21 Compact Spare ......................... 5-28 Flat..............................................5-15 HubCapsand Wheel Nut Caps ...................5-22 Inspection and Rotation ..........6-44 Loading...................................... 6-43 New ............................................ 6-46 Pressure .....................................6-44 Spare(See“SpareTire”) Underbody Carrier .........5-1 9, 5-27 Uniform Tire Quality Grading .6-47 Towing A Trailer...................................... 4-56 Following Distance ................... 4-60 Maintenance .............................. 4-62 Recreational Vehicle .................4-54 Towing Your Vehicle ...........4-54, 5-7 Traffic Lights ................................... 4-6 Trailer Brakes ......................................... 4-59 Wiring Harness ..............2-75, 6-60 TraileringPackage ........................ 6-40 Transfer Case ................................. 6-21 Electronic ................................... 2-29 Manual ....................................... 2-28 Transmission Automatic ..................................2-16 Five-Speed Manual...................2-19 Fluid ................................ 6-16, 6-19 Fluid, To Add .................6-18, 6-20 Four-wheel (See “Four-wheel Drive”) Manual Shift Speeds ............... 2-20 Shift Light ................................. 2-20 Torque Lock(Automatic Transmission) ..............2-18, 4-50 V Vehicle DamageWarnings ..................... 0-3 Identification Number .............. 6-57 Loading ........................... 4.23. 6-38 Storage ...................................... 6-31 Symbols .......................................0-4 Ventilation System ......................... 3-3 Air Vents ...................................... 3-4 Tips .............................................. 3-3 Voltmeter ....................................... 2-75 W Warning Devices. Other ............................ 5-3 Lights.Gages. And Indicators ...........2.65. 2-70 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ... 6-48 Aluminum ..................................6-55 HubCapsand Wheel Nut Caps ................... 5-22 Nut Torque ................................ 6-61 Replacement ............................. 6-48 Used Replacement ................... 6-49 Windows ........................................ 2-31 Sliding Rear .............................. 2-32 Swing-Out.................................. 2-32 Windshield Washer ...................... 2-40 Washer Fluid ............................ 6-28 Winter Driving .............................. 4-51 Wipers. Windshield 2.38.6.54. 6-60 Blade Chatter............................ 6-54 Blade Inserts ....... .................... 6-35 Cleaning Blades ........................ 6-54 Low Speed Delay ..................... 2-39 9-6 I t ' .c , ' NOTES , NOTES . i. . Part No. C-9308 WE SUPPORT VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION THROUGH I National lnstttute for AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE EXCELLENCE c